Updated Pricing and Content as of July 1, 2018

Transcription

1 2018 Maxon Pricebook Service You Can Depend On. Value Without Compromise Maxon offers solution driven products designed to be versatile and cost-effective with the flexibility to change your work environment as your needs change. With a wide range of price points, features, and benefits that make sense, our quality products are manufactured with efficiency to assure that you are getting the right product at the right price. Field Support Our extensive network of representatives are your partners in selling Maxon products. They will keep you informed about new products and programs, conduct training for new salespeople, offer space planning services and assist you with generating leads. Space Planning All Maxon products are fully supported by industry design programs for easy specification by dealers, representatives, and our in-the-field Workspace Designers. Freight Program Maxon pays freight for orders that exceed $8,000 list value on the Maxon Dealer Program, which applies to freight destinations within the 48 contiguous states. For shipments outside the 48 contiguous states, the company pays freight to the freight forwarder or to the point of embarkation. Please refer to the Maxon Terms and Conditions for complete freight program details. Products You Can Trust. Emerge Frame and Tile Panel System Emerge frame and tile solution offers extreme flexibility, whether you work collaboratively or need individual focus, Emerge supports your work environment needs. With its refined design details, you can keep it basic or dress it up. The lower panels and frameless glass provide an open, naturally lit workspace that inspires. Emerge is built to last with steel panels that stand up to years of use and numerous reconfigurations. It can also be paired with other Maxon products to create beautiful, functional spaces that look as good as they work. Prefix Monolithic Panel System Office furniture should be easy and affordable without compromising quality. Enhanced for 2016, Prefix delivers on the goal that every budget deserves durable, flexible furniture. Two-inch thick raceway panels are available in tackable and non-tackable fabric with frameless glass, glass inserts or glass or fabric stackers. Variable height panels allow for almost any configuration from a private office to a benching application. Mix Prefix panels with our Surpass worksurfaces for even more flexibility in your office. Surpass Desking System Surpass is a freestanding desking system designed to embrace the open office and add creativity to your benching needs. Easy to order and easy to use, Surpass offers the most requested worksurface shapes and sizes. Choose your worksurface along with finishes and then choose the appropriate support. All the support that Surpass worksurfaces need, such as panel legs, modesty panels and hardware, are all sold separately. Add accessories like hutches, screens, stand-alone storage, and tool rails and you're done. Surpass is also designed for value, giving you a great looking office without breaking the budget. Smartspace Desking System With the increase in office collaboration, comes an easy-to-install benching solution. Now that's smart thinking. Easily integrated power trough allows every workstation to access technology. Even better, this solution comes pre-assembled for a simpler, smarter installation and offers space planning flexibility. Smartspace benching fits more people into a smaller area and has the ability to support the growth of your business. Compliment your design ideas with Smartspace. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated quarterly. Go to to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. 1

2 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Ordering Checklist Use the following checklist to process your next order through Maxon more quickly and efficiently. Please copy this form for future use. FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF Maxon Account Number Maxon Model Number Fabric Code Laminate Code / Edge Color Paint Color Purchase Order Number and Price List and Net Price Complete Ship-To Address Clearly state Special Instructions (i.e. Expedite Production Request, Carrier, Advance Delivery Notification, Side Marks) Maxon Bid Number must accompany purchase orders to receive negotiated discount (If Applicable) Special Component Requests (ex. SPLM/COMF/COML Number) (If Applicable) Submit your orders on Maxon Edge (click on the e-ordering Icon, featured on the homepage) Send any questions to orderservices@maxonmail.com Review order before submitting to ensure accuracy. Advise Maxon of any error immediately Prices are subject to change without notice. All orders are subject to the prices in effect at the time of order acknowledgement. If applicable, freight is added at time of order entry. Orders acknowledged prior to effective date of price adjustment are billed at the acknowledged price if shipped within normal leadtimes. If late shipment occurs due to customer request to delay or an extended leadtime is requested, the order may be re-priced. 2

3 Reference Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty Why the Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty? Maxon Furniture Inc. is dedicated to providing products and services that make doing business with us easy. We also strive to put our customers in a position to win with the performance products we produce, most of which are manufactured right here in the United States of America. We use manufacturing materials, recycling habits, lean processes and indoor air quality methodologies that reaffirm our say-do commitment to your environment. We a proud to say many of Maxon's product lines (Emerge, Prefix, Smartspace, Surpass, Prepare & Include) are SCS Indoor Advantage Gold certified as well as Level certified by BIFMA's Sustainability Program. Best of all, Maxon Furniture Inc. fully stands behind our products and have a vested interest in your success. The Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty is our assurance to you that the Maxon Furniture Inc. panel systems, frame and tile systems, worksurfaces, benching, desks, seating, tables, and storage you purchase will be free from defective material or workmanship for as long as you, the original purchaser, own it. In the unlikely occurrence any Maxon Furniture Inc. product covered by the Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty shall fail, we will repair or replace any Maxon product or component that fails under normal commercial office use, free of charge. This warranty contains your sole and exclusive remedy for any warranty claim and is subject to the limitations, exclusions and other provisions set forth below. What is covered by the Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty? All Maxon Furniture Inc. product lines, materials, and components are covered by the Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty except for the items described below. The specific product lines listed below are covered under Maxon s 12-Year Limited Warranty and 5-Year Limited Warranties from the date of purchase. Maxon 12-Year Limited Warranty Electrical components (lamps and ballasts are not covered). Adept seating controls. Adept pneumatic cylinders Accessories. Laminate surfaces. Maxon 5-Year Limited Warranty Northport seating. Panel and seating textiles. What is Not Covered? This warranty does not apply to: Normal wear-and-tear, which is to be expected over the course of ownership. Damage caused by carrier in-transit, which will be handled under separate terms. Modifications or attachments to the product that are not approved by Maxon Furniture Inc. Products not installed, used or maintained in accordance with product instructions and warnings. Products used for personal or household use or for rental purposes. Customer s Own Material (COM) selected by and used at the request of the owner. Seating Usage Normal commercial office usage for seating is defined as the equivalent of a single shift, 40-hour workweek. To the extent that a seating product is used in a manner exceeding this, the applicable warranty period will be reduced in a pro-rata manner. To Obtain Service Under This Warranty Your Maxon Dealer is our partner in supporting your warranty requests. Follow the procedures outlined below for the best level of service: Contact your Dealer from whom the product was purchased within 30 days of discovery of the defect. Be prepared to affirm you are the original purchaser of the product and to provide the serial numbers (s) from the product in question. Your Dealer will gather all pertinent information regarding the claim, inspect the product and contact Maxon Furniture Inc. Customer Support representative. (Please allow a reasonable amount of time for inspection and review.) If Maxon Furniture Inc. affirms that the product in question is eligible under the conditions of the warranty as stated above, the Customer Support representative or other representative of Maxon Furniture Inc. will determine whether to provide replacement parts, authorize repairs, or replace the product. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX This warranty applies only to products sold within the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Canada. 3

4 Table of Contents INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Reference Introduction 1 Ordering Checklist 2 Maxon Limited Lifetime Warranty 3 Table of Contents 4-5 Textiles and Finishes 6-13 Special Ordering & COM How to Specify Emerge Specification Information Frames Brackets and Supports 42 Door Panels 43 Tiles Connection Posts Electrical Overhead Storage Accessories Prefix Specification Information Panels Doors Panel Connectors Electrical Overhead Storage Accessories Worksurfaces Specification Information Worksurfaces Rectangular Wedge 126 Corner Worksurfaces L-Returns 129 Radius 130 Peninsulas Extensions & Connecting Tops Countertops Worksurface Support Kits Countertop Support 147 Smartspace Specification Information 149 Worksurfaces Legs Support Beams 155 Troughs 156 Screens Electrical

5 Table of Contents Surpass Specification Information Rectangular Worksurfaces 178 Wedge Worksurfaces 179 Corner Worksurfaces L-Return Worksurfaces 182 Radius End Worksurfaces 183 Peninsula Worksurfaces Worksurface Support Legs External Table Top Support Channel 188 Peninsula Modesty Panels and Leg 189 Brackets Modesty Panels Hutches and Accessories Desktop Mounted Screens Accessories Electrical Prepare Specification Information Table Tops Bases 214 Accessories 215 Height Adjustable Table Tops & Legs Accessories 219 Storage Specification Information 221 Pedestal Files 222 Storage Cabinets 223 Lateral Files Bookcases 226 Include Storage Specification Information 227 Include Low Credenzas & Accessories Include Box & File Drawer Accessories Work Tops 234 Include Storage Tower Include Pedestals Storage Accessories Accessories Specification Information 253 Monitor Arms 254 Keyboard Trays, Computer Storage Footrest 256 Lighting Accessory Rails & Components Touch-Up Paints 265 Seating Specification Information and Seating 268 Adept Northport Index Index REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX 5

6 Textiles and Finishes INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Textile and Finishes Maxon s Textile and Finish program provides you options for coordinated finishes easily and creating a custom palette reflecting your own vision. You can choose your finishes with different price grades and aesthetic options. Create Your Own Vision Our finish program allows you to select your finishes in the following categories: Fabrics Panel a. Maxon Core Fabrics (Grades A & B) b. COM Fabrics Adept Seating a. Maxon Core Fabrics (Grades 1 & 2) b. COM Fabrics Paint Finishes Maxon Core Paints Maxon Premium Paints High-Pressure Laminate Finishes (for worksurfaces & vertical surface options) Maxon Core(C) and Wilsonart The Standards Edgeband (E) in Solid and Woodgrain options to match Maxon Core Paint offerings Glass Finishes Clear and Frosted Glass Upholstery Textiles Some fabrics are directional due to their weave. All Maxon fabrics are railroad. Please see the following pages for details on applications and pricing structure of applicable finish grades. 6

7 Textiles and Finishes Core and Premium Paint Finish Options Paint Finish Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers durable paint finish options to meet your pricing, timeline, and design needs. Core paint finish options include Black, Flint, Loft, Greige, Brownstone, and Muslin. Premium paint finish options include Gunmetal, Champagne, Platinum and White on the Maxon standard leadtime program. Please reference the premium paint finish upcharge chart for details per product category. Premium Paint Finish Upcharges Premium paint upcharges apply on a per model basis in list dollars. Prefix and Emerge Panels, Frames and Doors.... $51 Prefix and Emerge Panel Connectors and Power Poles...$26 Emerge Glass, Steel and Laminate tiles.... $51 Overhead Cabinets, Overhead Shelves, Surpass Hutches and Tackboards...$64 Surpass Support and Surpass Screens....$79 Prepare Support...$79 Pedestal Files...$58 Lateral Files, Bookshelves, Overfiles, Personal Storage Centers, Include, and Storage Cabinets... $158 Smartspace Legs, Surpass End Panels and Storage Accessories.... $32 Worksurface Support Kits, Cantilevered Worksurface Brackets, Countertop Brackets, Wall Strips, and Spanner Rails... $26 Return Worksurface Bracket and Shelf Divider $7 Accessories (Accessory Rails and Paper Management)....$20 Tackboards and Whiteboards....$26 All O-Leg Supports...$26 Glass Options Core Paint Finishes Premium Paint Finishes HAT Base Paint Finishes Paint Finish Black Maxon Furniture Inc. offers clear glass and frosted glass options for the EMERGE, PREFIX and SURPASS panel systems to meet your pricing, privacy and aesthetic needs. Clear glass option is included in the base price. Frosted glass is available with an upcharge to the list price. Code MPBL Glass Option Finish Code Clear Glass Clear C Frosted Glass* Frosted FT Flint Loft Greige Brownstone Muslin Gunmetal Champagne Platinum White Silver* Nickel** Premium Paint is available on standard lead time. Premium Paint finishes are subject to an upcharge calculated on the above schedule. * Only available on C-Leg Height Adjustable Table Bases. ** Only available on T-Leg Height Adjustable Table Bases. MP02 MP7B MPT5 MP7D MPT3 MPR3 MPR5 MPPL MPWT MPR6 P8L REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Refer to Product Sections for frosted glass upcharge pricing 7

8 Textiles and Finishes INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Grade A Fabric Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers a selection of quality fabrics in Grade A options. Grade A Family Color Railroad Code Appoint Element Sarto Artichoke Blackberry Bronze Carbon Chai Cherry Copper Dark Pewter Dune Espresso Framboise Frost Hummus Jet Lawn Mandarin Morel Nimbus Platinum Turmeric Turquoise Walnut Indigo Flint Latte Millet Parchment Veil Warm Beige Wheat Oyster Mist Lemongrass Shale Reef Mushroom Ash Fog APN11 APN32 APN22 APN28 APN12 APN30 APN18 APN17 APN15 APN23 APN31 APN34 APN14 APN27 APN25 APN29 APN09 APN16 APN24 APN10 APN26 APN13 GN67 GN65 GN73 GN72 GN53 GN13 GN55 SRT13 SRT18 SRT45 SRT49 SRT52 SRT64 SRT76 SRT88 SRT14 Grade A Continued Family Color Railroad Code Reflections Refuge Lucy Etch Loggia Pewter Moonstone Stainless Vanilla Winter Mistral Ice Galvanized Dune Frost Tidal Artesian Mineral Eclipse Glacier Mist Dusk Neutra Snowdrop Cornsilk Aspen Fawn Graphite Pewter Woodcut Aquatint Mezzotint Lithograph Intaglio Engrave Crosshatch Outline Shade Highlight Midtone Cast Axis Blend Vanish Tonal REF21 REF22 REF23 REF24 REF25 REF27 REF28 REF20 REF29 RFG92 RFG93 RFG94 RFG96 RFG98 RFG90 RFG91 LC20 LC22 LC24 LC28 LC30 LC32 LC33 LC34 LC35 ECH05 D ECH01 D ECH07 D ECH03 D ECH06 D ECH02 D ECH04 D ECH08 ECH09 ECH10 ECH11 ECH12 ECH13 ECH14 ECH15 ECH16 8 New Fabric Option D Discontinued December 31, 2018 Maxon Furniture Inc. may accommodate requests for Customer s Own Materials (COM). Please refer to the COM program on for details.

9 Textiles and Finishes Fabric Swatches You may order a 16" x 20" fabric sample of any of our panel fabrics. Specify model M-SYSFS.FABRIC COLOR (M-SYSFS.APN11). See the ACCESSORIES section for pricing. Family Tempest Landscape Grade A Continued Color Dragonfly Frost Full Steam Gold Rush Tumbleweed Wind Chill Slate Zebra Azure Cornsilk Drift Khaki Maize Sheen Slate Tangelo Tide Urban Umber Railroad Code TP30 TP15 TP80 TP10 TP70 TP40 TP45 TP35 LN55 LN15 LN05 LN20 LN40 LN10 LN35 LN50 LN45 LN30 LN25 Grade B Fabric Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers a selection of quality fabrics in Grade B options. Family Terrain SPIN Grade B Color Bay Delta Plateau Ridge Canyon Bayou Valley Cliff Crest Oat Alabaster Cavern Cobblestone Willow Ember Flame Tropic Raven Pool Ocean Heron Rhubarb Plum Railroad Code TRRN05 TRRN10 TRRN15 TRRN20 TRRN30 TRRN35 TRRN40 TRRN45 TRRN25 SPIN01 SPIN02 SPIN03 SPIN04 SPIN05 SPIN06 SPIN07 SPIN08 SPIN10 SPIN11 SPIN12 SPIN13 SPIN14 SPIN15 Family Mica Grade B Color Shale Anthracite Dove Bronze Buff Mineral Fresh Cremini Breeze Nectar Dew Crystal Railroad Code MH10 MH11 MH12 MH13 MH14 MH15 MH16 MH17 MH18 MH19 MH20 MHWIT REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX New Fabric Option D Discontinued December 31, 2018 Maxon Furniture Inc. may accommodate requests for Customer s Own Materials (COM). Please refer to the COM program on for details. 9

10 Textiles and Finishes INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Grade 1 Textile Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers a selection of quality fabrics in Grade 1 options. Upholstery for Storage Cushions & Adept Seating Grade 1 Upholstery Family Color Code Centurion Black Iron Ore Frost Morel Bark Caramel D Goldenrod Poppy D Tangerine D Apricot Espresso Berry D Marsala Tomato D Ruby Olivine D Jade Pear Cerulean D Glacier D Peacock Navy CU10 CU19 CU22 CU24 CU25 CU26 CU27 CU42 CU46 CU47 CU49 CU62 CU63 CU66 CU67 CU82 CU83 CU84 CU90 CU96 CU97 CU98 Grade 1 Upholstery Family Color Code Inertia Onyx Fog Shadow Loft Nickel Mustard Glow Meteor Tangelo Mandarin Coffee Amethyst Fuchsia Cherry Leaf Gecko Lime Regatta Cobalt Surf Calypso NR10 NR19 NR20 NR22 NR23 NR26 NR27 NR30 NR46 NR47 NR49 NR61 NR63 NR66 NR75 NR76 NR82 NR90 NR91 NR96 NR98 Grade 1 Upholstery Family Color Code Black UR10 Graphite UR19 Steel UR21 Buff UR22 Luggage UR26 Taupe UR28 Contourett Pumpkin UR42 Coffee Bean UR49 Flame UR62 Sage UR82 Marine UR92 Ocean UR96 10 New Fabric Option D Discontinued December 31, 2018 Maxon Furniture Inc. may accommodate requests for Customer s Own Materials (COM). Please refer to the COM program on for details.

11 Textiles and Finishes Grade 2 Textile Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers a selection of quality fabrics in Grade 2 options. Upholstery for Storage Cushions & Adept Seating Grade 2 Upholstery Family Color Code Spin Seating Oat Alabaster Cavern Cobblestone Willow Ember Flame Tropic Raven Pool Ocean Heron Rhubarb Plum SPNN01 SPNN02 SPNN03 SPNN04 SPNN05 SPNN06 SPNN07 SPNN08 SPNN10 SPNN11 SPNN12 SPNN13 SPNN14 SPNN15 Paint Finishes Color Textured Silver Textured Black Grade 2 Upholstery Family Color Code Morel PNS001 Bronze PNS002 Espresso PNS003 Platinum PNS004 Lawn PNS005 Appoint Turquoise PNS006 Seating Jet PNS007 Carbon PNS008 Mandarin PNS009 Cherry PNS010 Framboise PNS011 Blackberry PNS012 Paint Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers 2 quality paint finish options for Adept Seating. Adept Guest/Café Frame Finishes Frame Paint Finishes Code PR8 BLCK Grade 2 Upholstery Family Color Code Cardinal SED09 Harbor SED10 Apple SED11 Cream SED12 Seed Driftwood SED13 Truffle SED14 Ash SED15 Smoke SED16 Cinder SED17 Onyx SED18 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX New Fabric Option D Discontinued December 31, 2018 Maxon Furniture Inc. may accommodate requests for Customer s Own Materials (COM). Please refer to the COM program on for details. 11

12 Textiles and Finishes INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE High Pressure Laminate (HPL) Finish Options Maxon Furniture Inc. offers a contemporary selection of high-pressure Wilsonart Laminate options on our panel system worksurfaces, vertical surfaces, as well as on our freestanding desking systems. For additional laminate options, Wilsonart offers "The Standards" on the open-line wallboard. "The Standards" laminates, in #60, #07 and #38 finish only, are available at an approximate 6% upcharge on the Maxon Standard Leadtime Program. These need to be submitted as a special. Please specify models specific to Panel Systems or Wall Mount applications. All other Wilsonart laminate requests will be evaluated through the COM process and will be subject to a quoted price and leadtime. When selecting laminate colors, verify an actual color chip to optimize accuracy in design and color. To view the complete Wilsonart laminate collection or to order samples, visit or call your Maxon representative for information on receiving a sample. Wilsonart Laminates are available in non-directional and directional patterns as noted on the Laminate Reference Guide on the following page. Directional laminate grain patterns will be assembled to run diagonally along worksurface on all corner applications as shown within the worksurface and desking sections. Grade L1 Type Description Code Pattern Solid Woodgrain Sheer Mesh Silver Mesh Frosty White Loft Flint Bourbon Cherry Cognac* Harvest* Mocha* Natural Maple* Pinnacle* Shaker Cherry* Grade L2** LT8B LT8D LM14 LM11 LM16 Grey cells represent Directional Laminate Pattern H COGN C MOCH D PINC Type Description Code Woodgrain Beigewood Columbian Walnut Amber Cherry F LWBE LWZ LWAC *Smartspace - Laminates available for End of Run Laminate Screens and Modesty models. All other laminates unavailable. Include Storage - Laminates available for Include Storage Units with Laminate Fronts Storage models. All other laminates unavailable. **Refer to Product Sections for L2 Laminate upcharge pricing 12

13 Textiles and Finishes Worksurface Edge Colors Worksurface Edge Colors are designed to coordinate with paint and laminate finishes. For variety you can specify an edge color that contrasts with the laminate finish. Solid Wood Grain Grommet Colors Grommet colors are pre-selected based on the specified Edge color per the table below. Edge Color Code E4 (Black) E9 (Flint) EV (Loft) EU (Muslin) K (Platinum) EW (White) DE (Beigewood) DF (Natural Maple) DA (Amber Cherry) C (Harvest) H (Bourbon Cherry) COGN (Cognac) PINC (Pinnacle) MOCH (Mocha) Color Black Flint Loft Greige Brownstone Muslin Platinum White Bourbon Cherry Cognac Harvest Mocha Natural Maple Pinnacle Shaker Cherry Beigewood Columbian Walnut Amber Cherry Edgeband E4 E9 EV R EY EU K EW H COGN C MOCH D PINC DF DE DZ DA Grommet Color Black Flint Loft Muslin Loft White Muslin Muslin Black Bungalow Black Black Bungalow Black REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX 13

14 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Customer s Own Material (COM) Specials and Customers Own Material (COM) Program Maxon Furniture Inc., at its own discretion, may modify its standard products to meet specific needs. Modifications include Customer s Own Material (COM) for seating, panels, special finishes (paints), laminates, and structural modification to existing standard product. Changes or alterations to catalog items other than standard options are subject to additional charges. Prices are furnished upon request. Direct all requests to your Maxon Sales Representative. Maxon assumes no responsibility for the overall appearance, flammability, normal durability, colorfastness or any other quality standards. Maxon reserves the right to reject a COM if the quality of the COM is not, in Maxon s sole judgment, satisfactory for the product. Should this occur, the customer would be notified with an explanation within 2 working days of test completion. Maxon is not responsible for fabric that has become obsolete at the COM Supplier, that is of poor quality, or that is delivered late to the manufacturer from the COM Supplier. All cancellations or changes to COM orders are subject to Maxon's LOCD guidelines (Last Order Change Date). Because of the nature of COM, special fabrics, finishes, and structural modifications, products ordered as specials and then cancelled prior to shipment are subject to cancellation costs up to the full value of the product cancelled. Maxon determines the actual cancellation charge at the time the cancellation is requested. Upon approval, a cancellation confirmation fax or is issued to The Customer. COM for panel applications must be in rolls of 66" wide or wider. Excess yardage is disposed of at the discretion of Maxon Furniture. Due to UL testing requirements COM panel fabric requests may require up to eight weeks for approval, pending the completion of the third party testing requirements. COM Testing: Manufacturing Feasibility Purchase orders are not accepted or entered unless manufacturing feasibility testing is complete with positive results. If all testing has been previously completed, re-testing is only necessary if The Customer s material is to be used on a different product family or if a fabric direction has changed from that previously approved. If the COM has not been tested and approved, it is the responsibility of the Customer to provide the Customer Support Department with the COM supplier name, fabric pattern name, and color. The Customer may call Customer Support department for previous test results. The testing process takes approximately 48 hours. 14 Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com

15 Reference Panel Fabric (COMF) Considerations: All COM requests for special fabric must be tested and approved by Maxon Furniture Inc. Directional fabrics are only applied on panels up to 60" wide. Lead time of 15 business days minimum. Refer to warranty and Terms and Conditions for COM limitations. Process for Pre-Approved Fabrics Call Customer Support ( ) to see if requested fabric is pre-approved and for pricing information. Process for Special Fabrics Provide fabric supplier, pattern, color, and orientation information to your Maxon representative or Customer Support. Maxon will obtain test samples whenever possible. Maxon will notify you of test results and provide a COM code and price grade if Maxon supplies the fabric. Fabrics requiring UL approval may increase testing time and may require additional fabric. Maxon reserves the right to determine if the fabric is to be purchased by Maxon or The Customer. If Maxon purchases the fabric, Customer Support will provide pricing once testing is complete. If the customer provides the fabric, the customer will be charged Grade B pricing. If supplied by customer, Maxon must receive the approved fabric at least 10 days prior to the start up of production. The fabric must be labeled with the dealership name, purchase order number, and COMF number to ensure proper handling. These orders cannot be cancelled, nor will Maxon accept a product return. Please ship COM fabric for ORDERS to: HNI Fabric Distribution Center - Dealer PO Number Docks Mulberry Street Muscatine, IA REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com 15

16 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Upholstery (COMF) Considerations: All COM requests for special upholstery must be tested and approved by Maxon Furniture Inc. COM requests are only available on Pedestals. The Northport Seating Series does not allow for COM requests. COM orders have lead time of 15 business days minimum. Refer to warranty and terms and conditions for COM limitations. Process for Pre-Approved Upholstery Call Maxon Customer Support ( ) to see if requested upholstery is pre-approved and for pricing information. Maxon will purchase the upholstery whenever possible. The testing process takes approximately 48 hours. Process for Special Upholstery Provide upholstery supplier, pattern, color, and orientation information to your Maxon representative or Customer Support. Maxon will notify you of testing results, COM code and price grade if Maxon supplies the upholstery. Maxon reserves the right to determine if the upholstery is to be purchased by Maxon or the customer. If Maxon purchases the upholstery, Customer Support will provide pricing once testing is completed. If the customer provides the upholstery, the customer will be charged Grade B pricing. Maxon must receive the approved upholstery at least 10 days prior to start up of production, if supplied by the customer. If the customer supplies upholstery, the upholstery must be labeled with the dealership name and Purchase Order number to ensure proper handling. Dealer must provide Customer Support with the tracking information on COM upholstery being sent to Maxon. These orders cannot be cancelled, nor will Maxon accept a product return. Edgeband (COM) Custom edge treatments are not available. Laminates (COML) Maxon Furniture Inc. must approve all COML requests for specialty laminates. The order process is as follows: For requests concerning or specialty laminate, please contact your Maxon representative to request a COML. The evaluation of requests will take no longer than 3 business days. Maxon will contact vendor to verify availability and lead times. If the request is approved, Customer Support will contact you with pricing and leadtimes. If the request is denied, work with your Sales Representative for alternatives. 16 Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com

17 Reference Special Product/Component Request Due to Maxon s flexible manufacturing, we are able to provide specially sized products. The feasibility of the requests depends on the degree of changes needed in design, testing, materials and tooling. REFERENCE Contact your Maxon representative with the special component request. Your Maxon representative will review the request. Maxon will determine if it is an established special and if so provide pricing. Your Maxon representative will submit a special for internal approval and pricing. Most internal reviews will be completed within 3 business days of submittal. If the special request is denied, your Maxon representative will notify the customer and suggest other alternatives. Customer will be notified of approved products with a special request # for ordering. This number must be referenced on purchase orders. Special request quotes are valid for 6 months only. Standard lead time for all special requests is at least 15 business days. All special orders require a written purchase order. These orders cannot be cancelled, nor will Maxon accept a product return. Custom Warranty Exclusions If Maxon Furniture Inc. agrees to use the COM or build a custom product: Maxon shall have no responsibility for the condition, quality, value, performance, physical properties, or any other aspect of the COM, regardless of whether or not Maxon has tested the COM, and whether or not the COM has passed any Manufacturing Feasibility testing. Maxon disclaims all warranties, express, implied or statutory, with respect to the COM, including, without limitation, any implied warranties of MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, or NON-INFRINGEMENT. Maxon shall have no responsibility for the condition, quality, value, performance, physical properties, or any other aspect of a custom-built product, regardless of whether or not Maxon has tested the product, and whether or not the product has passed any Manufacturing Feasibility testing. Maxon disclaims all warranties, express, implied or statutory, with respect to the product, including, without limitation, any implied warranties of MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, or NON-INFRINGEMENT. Maxon shall have no liability for any damages, injuries, or losses to the Customer or to any third party that shall be caused by any COM or custom built product, and the Customer shall hold Maxon harmless from all liability. Testing Requirements for Flame-Retardant Construction The Customer is responsible for ensuring that the COM fabric is certified to meet all applicable flame-retardant requirements. This may include UL testing, ANSI/BIFMA standards and certification at the Customer s expense. The Customer shall hold Maxon harmless from all liability arising out of the Customer s failure to ensure that COM fabric is certified to meet all applicable flameretardant requirements. EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com 17

18 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Special Finish Paint Requirements Modifications to Standard Product Maxon Furniture Inc. may be able to match unique paint colors, excluding metallic and whites. A sample of the exact color desired is required for approval. Each unique color or finish combination incurs a net price up-charge per color per order. A minimum quantity of twenty (20) major units is required per color, per order. Any other extraordinary paint color or other consideration is determined from the sample(s) and special request submitted by the customer. Sample paint colors must be submitted on a metal disk and sent to Maxon Customer Support. Upcharges and lead times are calculated at that time and communicated to the customer. A minimum quantity of twenty (20) major units is required per color, per order. Obsolete Product Requests for special modifications to standard products require engineering evaluations and product safety review prior to approval. Contact your Maxon representative or Customer Support with the specific requirements. Obsolete products are no longer available for order. Requests for production of obsolete product should be investigated through Customer Support. Customer Support will coordinate with the appropriate Maxon departments to determine if the request can be met and will communicate applicable upcharges. Special orders of obsolete product cannot be cancelled or returned. Requests for service parts and warranty on obsolete products should be directed to Customer Support. CARB Compliance Notice Overview The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has established limits on the emissions of formaldehyde from hardwood plywood, particle board, medium density fiberboard, thin medium density fiberboard, and finished goods containing these materials. Effective January 1, 2009, hardwood plywood, particle board, medium density fiberboard, thin medium density fiberboard, and finished goods containing these materials must meet emissions limits given in title 17, California Code of Regulations section (refer to note below*) All hardwood plywood, particle board, medium density fiberboard, thin medium density fiberboard, and finished goods containing these materials supplied to Maxon Furniture Inc. comply with the current requirements of the CARB regulation. Note CARB s rule includes a sell-through provision, which allows for a timely clearing of existing inventories following the effective dates for Phase I and Phase II standards. For manufacturers of hardwood plywood, particleboard, medium density fiberboard, and thin density fiberboard 3 months sell-through period is provided. For distributors, a 5 month, and for importers a 3 month sell-through period is provided for hardwood plywood, particleboard, and medium density fiberboard, and thin medium density fiberboard manufactured before the Phase I and Phase II effective dates. An 18 month sell-through period is provided for distributors and importers of finished goods containing hardwood plywood, particleboard, medium density fiberboard, and thin medium density fiberboard. Please see official information available from this link provided below: 18 Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com

19 Reference REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com 19

20 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE How to Specify There are a number of ways to specify Maxon Furniture product. This guide will show you the different dot option combinations for each area of product. If you have further questions, call Maxon Customer Support at Previously, you may have seen a How to Specify section at the bottom of each page in the Maxon Pricebook (like the image below). We have created this section for an easy to find and accurate guide to specifying your product. How To Specify: Ordering Example: item number height width finish M - P F X B F P Dot Option Combination 1 FINISH OPTIONS: fabric paint A P N 1 1 M P B L The following products have Dot Option Combination 1: EMERGE Frames, EMERGE Sliding Door, EMERGE Pass-Thru Tile, EMERGE Accessory Tile, Connectors, Trim, Top Caps, Duplexes, Power Poles, Overhead Storage, Accessories, Whiteboards, Worksurface Supports, SURPASS supports, SURPASS Hutches, Freestanding Storage, Smartspace U-Legs, Smartspace Metal Screens, and Smartspace Power Pole. M - model number Dot Option Combination 2 paint The following products have Dot Option Combination 2: EMERGE Technology Tiles, Smartspace fabric screens and SURPASS Hutch Tackboards. M - model number Dot Option Combination 3 paint fabric The following products have Dot Option Combination 3: Hinged Door and Laminate Tiles. M - model number Dot Option Combination 4 paint laminate - The following products have Dot Option Combination 4: EMERGE Countertops. M - model number paint laminate - edge 20 Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com

21 Reference Dot Option Combination 5 Dot Option Combination 6 The following products have Dot Option Combination 6: EMERGE Fabric Tiles and Storage Cushion. M - model number Dot Option Combination 9 The following products have Dot Option Combination 5: EMERGE Glass Tiles, EMERGE Frameless Glass, PREFIX Glass Stackers, PREFIX Frameless Glass and Smartspace glass screens. M - fabric The following products have Dot Option Combination 9: Worksurfaces, PREFIX Countertops, SURPASS Worksurfaces and Lateral Worktops, and Smartspace Laminate modesty panels. M - model number Dot Option Combination 7 model number paint laminate - glass The following products have Dot Option Combination 7: Fabric Tackboards, PREFIX Monolithic Panels and SURPASS Fabric Screens. M - model number Dot Option Combination 8 fabric paint The following products have Dot Option Combination 8: PREFIX Glass Header Panels. M - model number Dot Option Combination 10 fabric paint The following products have Dot Option Combination 10: SURPASS Glass Screens. M - model number glass paint glass edge REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com 21

22 Reference INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Dot Option Combination 11 The following products have Dot Option Combination 11: Include Metal fronts models. M - model number Dot Option Combination 12 paint The following products have Dot Option Combination 12: Include Metal fronts and feet models. M - model number Dot Option Combination 13 paint The following products have Dot Option Combination 13: Include Laminate fronts models. M - model number Dot Option Combination 14 paint lock lock lock foot paint laminate - The following products have Dot Option Combination 14: Include Laminate fronts with feet models. M - model number paint - lock laminate - foot paint 22 Maxon Customer Support P F service@maxonmail.com

23 SIN EMERGE Emerge Frame & Tile System Some people work best through collaboration and others require a more focused approach. EMERGE frame and tile solution offers extreme flexibility, making it easy to provide both types of work environments. With its refined design details, you can keep it basic or dress it up. The lower panels and frameless glass provide an open, naturally lit workspace that inspires. EMERGE is built to last with steel panels that stand up to years of use and numerous reconfigurations. It can also be paired with other Maxon products to create beautiful, functional spaces that look as good as they work. Once you've selected the furniture for your space, a variety of material options are available to give it a personality all its own. Create a bright look with panels and storage in light fabrics, or make a bold statement with woodgrain laminate and contrasting trim and panel fabric. It's your palette to complement your brand or style. Features Benefits 120 Degree Connector Offer a contemporary look for your space. EMERGE Stackable Frame and Tile System EMERGE Panels stack up to 110" high with expanded panel-height capabilities to create executive offices and private conference rooms with locking doors. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE Stackable Steel Frames Hard Surface Tiles Segmented and Monolithic Configurations EMERGE Tile Segmentation Bar Integrated Lay-In Top Pathway, Beltline and Base Channel Raceways Beltline Power Technology Tiles Designed to be flexible and durable; while allowing reconfiguration of a workspace without the purchase of additional components. Provides additional finishes for design and special environmental requirements. Integrate Segmented or Monolithic tiles on opposing sides to value engineer EMERGE while maintaining functional style. Delivers superior fit and finish with consistent alignment between fabric and laminate edge finishes. Extensive electrical and data capabilities allow cabling to be routed easily through the top channel, beltline and raceway. Technology tiles allow for easy, one-step access to power and data at desktop height for cell phones, laptops and other frequently used devices. STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective as of January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 23

24 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Working with Frames Top trim is specified separately for all panel frames. Beltline area accommodates electrical power and provides desktop access to data and communication cables on "H, 50"H, and 65"H base frames. Opening in the side of uprights accommodate a large volume of data cabling and electrical. Lay-in base pathway accepts voice, data and fiber optic cable, as well as electrical system. Leveling glides are accessible from the interior of raceway cover frames. Building Horizontally with EMERGE Frames Leveling glides provide 2 3 4" of adjustment on frames with raceway covers. Important planning guidelines: For adequate stability, one of two methods of stabiliza tion must be adhered to: Method 1 Opposing Returns W Two Return Panels Parent Run 48" min./144" max. Parent Run Length Two Return Panels 48"-144" 24" Method 1 Lay-in top pathway accepts data cables. Panels (frames and tiles) are 3" nominal thick, actual dimension is 2 5 8" thick (use 2 3 4" to calculate inter sections in length of panel runs). Stacking frames are available in 15" and 30"H. Steel horizontal members have vertical cable and electrical routing capacity. Structural panel frames are available in 35", ", 50", and 65" nominal heights. Base pathway cover has outlet openings that accept duplex receptacles or commercially avai lable modular data faceplates. Method 1 Opposing returns Return panels must be no more than 30" lower than the maximum height of the parent panel run. Supports other than return panels can be wall mount brackets, peninsulas, worksurface end panel supports or stationary file supported worksurface. Minimum Return Panel Width 24 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

25 SIN EMERGE Building Horizontally with EMERGE Frames Continued... Method 2 Single-Sided Returns X Parent Run 48" min./144" max. Two Return Panels 60" Min. Combined Length Return panels must have combined length 60% of parent run Parent Run Length 48"-100" 60" 101" - 113" 66" 114" - 124" 72" 125" - 144" 84" Y Method 2 Building Vertically with EMERGE Frames Method 2 Single sided returns Return panels must not be any more than 30" shorter in height than parent run. When using 120 connections, 12" must be added to the combined length of return panels as determined by methods 1 and 2. Supports other than return panels can be wall mount brackets, peninsulas, worksurface end panel supports or stationary file supported worksurface. Minimum Return Panel Totals (X+Y) REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE Stacking Frames When adding, remove top trim from the structural frame, and install it on top of uppermost stacking frame. Stacking connection provides a solid metal to metal connection, allowing the stacking frame to accept hang-on compo nents, per EMERGE configuration guidelines. attachment hardware and uses specified top trim. Add appropriate connectors. 35"H Base Frames may be added to a max of 80"H. 42"H Base Frames may be added to a max of "H 50"H Base Frames may be added (in any combination) to a max of 95"H 65"H Base Frames may be added to a max of 110"H Stacking Frame Connection To match door frame height, use a 65"H base panel frame with a stacking frame (slot modularity will be lost on stacker). If panel mounting slots are not being used, any stacking frame can be used on any base panel frame. Do not combine differing frame widths in a single stack. Stacking frames cannot be used as base frames. Tile options for stacking frames are given on page 32. Segment Bars Required between tile segments. Must be specified on each side of frame. Horizontal Stiffener Supports Optional: can be used to increase the stiffness of interior on EMERGE panel Door Panel Frames when acoustical tiles are on both sides or acoustic tile one side and tool tile on other side (ACC suffix). Door Panel Frames The 95"H door panel includes frame, 42"W door, hinges and attaching hardware. Specify 8.5" fabric tile for top tiles on 95"H door. Sliding Door and Mounting Kit See specification on page 28. STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 25

26 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Frame Dimensions (Actual) Depth: 2 5 8" (use 2 3 4" to calcu late intersections in length of panel run) Widths: 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60" Heights* with flat painted trim: ", ", ", ", " Stacking Frames: 15"H, 30"H Leveling Glides on Frames with Raceway Covers: 2 3 4" range *with levelers fully retracted Order top cap, tiles, and segment bars separately. Frameless Glass Working with Trim Top Trim Painted High-Low FV End Trim Direct Connections Panel Frames Specifications: formed, steel vertical members, with tubular steel horizontal members are welded into a sturdy, structural panel frame. Panels are shipped with base pathway covers. Top trim, monolithic or segmented tiles, and segment bars are ordered separately with choices of applications. Direct connections between same height frames in a continuous run are accomplished with provided hardware. There is no incremen tal increase in dimension along the run. For adequate stability, one of two methods of stabiliza tion shown on page 24 must be adhered to. Base raceway panel frames include: frame, base pathway covers, attaching hardware, and bottom segment clip. Variable Height Frameless Glass Frameless insert integrated into the base panel frame. Replaces top trim on structural or stacking frame. It is possible to span multiple frames when the combined frame width is equal to the panel mounted screen width. Taller adjacent in-line frames require FC grooved end trim. Panel mounted screens are non structural. Do not hang or stack on top of panel mounted screens. Available in 3 8" thick clear or frosted laminated glass. Top Cap Use to finish top on base panel frames. Top trim can span individual or multiple base panel or stacking frames. Available in painted metal finish. Top trim are to be ordered separately. High-Low End (FV) Trim Kits High low FV covers the exposed end of a frame when joining frames of differing height in certain configurations EMERGE profile adds 3 8" to length of panel run. See illustration at left. At the end of a panel run use E model suffix end trim kit. Grooved High-Low (FC) Trim For use when a panel with frameless glass is adjacent to an in-line taller panel. W Wall Mount Kits Wall mount kits provide a means to affix a panel run to a permanent building wall. Kit adds 3 4" to length of panel run. top cap. (Color must be specified.) Connector. (Color must be specified.) 26 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

27 SIN EMERGE Working with Connectors L 90-Degree X 4-Way Y Way Example 1 Connectors required: 1 15"H S 1 35"H T T 3-Way V Way Extended Straight Connector Kit "S" Multiple-height connections also utilize standard L, T, X, S, and E connectors, with corresponding height connectors stacked according to the number of intersecting panels from the bottom up. (See below.) Example 3 Connectors required: 1 15"H V 1 50"H Y 50"H Example 5 Connectors required: 1 30"H L 1 35"H L 65"H Tile 65"H 30"H Tile 30"H Tile 65"H 30"H Stacking Frame Example 2 Connectors required: 1 15"H H "H L "H T 1 35"H X Example 4 Connectors required: 1 15"H H 1 35"H Y 35"H Example 6 Connectors required: 1 50"H L 1 15"H L 65"H 50"H 35"H 50"H Connector Kits L, T, X, "S", V, and Y connector kits are used when connecting frames at intersecting runs. L, T, "X" and S Connector Kits For L, T, X, and "S" connector kits, add 2 3 8" to the total length of the panel run for each intersec tion, whether located in the middle or at the end of the run. L, T, X, and "S" connector kits includes top cap, connectors, vertical cover, light gap extrusion, and attaching hardware. X connector kits top cap and connectors. Extended straight connector kit S can be used to keep continuous runs dimensionally consistent with opposing panel runs which incorporate T or X intersections. (Add 2 3 8" to the length of the run for every extended straight connector used.) See illustration at left. 2-Way 120 (V) Connector Kits top cap transition, connectors, vertical cover, and attaching hardware. 3-Way 120 (Y) Connector Kits top cap transition, connectors, vertical cover and attaching hardware. E End Trim Kits End vertical trim cover (includes top cap transition adds 3 8" to run). REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX 65"H Frame 35"H Base Frame 27

28 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Working with Sliding Doors Sliding doors for EMERGE are a great addition to any new or existing installations. The sliding door can be specified with specific mounting kits for each door ordered. With a Frosted Translucent insert and your choice of Core or Select paint, the sliding door will create a unique look for any office environment. The sliding doors are available in 50", 65", and 80"H models and can mount to 30", 36", 42", and 48"W panels. They accommodate a 36"W opening and are 42"W, nominally. The door ships from the factory non-handed and can be installed in either right or left handed applications. The handle pulls located on each side of the door are non-locking and are color matched to the trim to create a uniform style. And with the threshold free design, the sliding door offers better aesthetics and safety by eliminating the potential for tripping. General Guidelines for Use of Sliding Door The system requires the ordering of both a door and a mounting bracket kit. All doors are 42" wide to accommodate a 36"W opening and are non-handed. Door leveling is dependant on floor being level. A mounting bracket kit must be ordered for each door corresponding to the mounting panels width (30", 36", 42", or 48"W). Mounting bracket kits are system specific and for EMERGE. General Guidelines for Layout Planning of Sliding Door Stability guidelines must be followed when specifying a sliding door. The sliding door system was designed to close an opening in a run of lateral panels. Doors mounted to long runs of panels without floor support, ties to worksurfaces, or return panels may seem less stable. If the door is used to close an opening (A) where the panel opposite the door is at 90, there will be a gap equal to the panel thickness between the door and the panel end when closed. When planning the layout, care must be taken if the plan includes a door mounted on a panel that is less than 42"W. If the panel is at a corner (B), the door will protrude into the aisle or next workstation when in the open position. If back-to-back doors are mounted on panels (C) that are less than 42"W they will interfere with each if both are open at the same time. The door is attached at the base of the panel at any end position with a wrap around bracket. Bracket kits are ordered in conjunction with appropriate end trim profiles. The slots at the base of the panel must be clear (D) and cannot be utilized by worksurface supports or panel hung components. If the door is mounted to a panel run that is positioned adjacent to a wall (E) or an inside 90 angle and there is not a 42" clearance between the track and the wall/inside 90 the assembly of the first stop will be difficult and plans will need to be modified for the assembly. If a door is closing an opening of a workstation that includes a "T" connector in the opposite wall, an extended straight connector may need to be used to maintain the 36" required opening. The slide door is designed to be attached to an end of run panel only. The slide door should not be specified to a panel that is connected on both ends, regardless if one of those ends is connecting to a connector kit. Failure abide by this rule will result in a failure to install the door. 28 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

29 SIN EMERGE Overview of Tiles REFERENCE Pass-thru Tile Clear & Frosted Glass Tile Laminate Tile Whiteboard Tile EMERGE White Board EMERGE Fabric Tile Technology Tile Accessories Tool Tile Steel Tile PREFIX EMERGE Steel Tiles Tiles Tackable Acoustical and Hard Surface* Data/Electrical Port (port tiles available as acoustical only) 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 15"H 30"H *Not available in 7 1 2"H WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS 42½"H Monolithic Tiles Tackable Acoustical and Port For 42.5"H - 65"H base frames. Can use 15"H Tiles at beltline Segment PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES Glass Tile Kits SEATING 15"H 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W INDEX 30"H Not used on base segment *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 29

30 Base Frames 35"H EMERGE REFERENCE EMERGE SIN Stacking Frames 421 2"H 50"H 15"H 65"H Frameless Glass Top Trim 95"H Hinged > Sliding 50"H/65"H/80"H > > INDEX > > / > > > > > > / ñ / ñ / / Connector Kits EMERGE 30 > / SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX Doors 30"H L T X S 90 Connector Kit 3-way Connector Kit 4-way Connector Kit Extended Straight Connector Kit V Y W E L T X S V Y W 2-way 120 (V) Connector Kit 3-way 120 (Y) Connector Kit Wall Mount Kit End Trim Kit *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. E

31 SIN EMERGE Working with Tiles Tile Heights 42½"H 50"H 65"H REFERENCE 7½"H 15"H 30"H EMERGE Monolithic tiles are 5" shorter to account for base raceway and top trim. Typical Tile Height Configurations Middle segment bars are required between any two tiles order separately based on tile configuration on each side of frame. 15"H 30"H Stacking 15"H 15"H 7½"H 35"H 15"H 42½"H 30"H 42½"H Monolithic 30"H 15"H To calculate the total height of tiles(s) required, deduct 5" (height of base/top trim) from the total nominal panel height. Example: 65"H Frame takes 2 30"H tiles = 2 x 30 PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE 50"H 15"H 15"H 30"H 15"H 30"H 15"H 15"H 50"H Monolithic SURPASS 65"H 80"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 30"H 15"H 30"H 15"H 15"H 30"H 30"H 15"H 15"H 50"H Monolithic 30"H 30"H 65"H Monolithic 50"H Monolithic 50"H 30"H Monolithic 30"H Tiles and segment bars for between tiles ordered separately Tiles can be ordered in the size that matches the frame height plus the stacker height. Example: Order a 65"H monolithic tile if you are using a 35"H frame plus a 30"H stacker. PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES 95"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 15"H 50"H Monolithic 30"H 30"H 50"H Monolithic 65"H Monolithic 50"H 30"H 30"H Monolithic 30"H EMERGE tiles are universal (except glass) and can be placed at any 7 1 2" increment on the frame. * Additional tile combinations to those shown at the left are possible; heights above 65" require stacking frames - maximum height is 110". SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 31

32 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Tile Options Fabric Tiles Tiles do not include segment bars order separately "H, 15"H and 30"H tiles are non-dedicated. They can be used in any combination and in combination with other tile sizes. 30"H tiles can be used as monolithic tiles on 35"H frames "H, 50"H and 65"H monolithic tiles are non dedicated "H tiles can be used as monolithic on a "H frame. 50"H monolithic tiles are actually 45"H and can be used in any combination with other tiles on a taller frame. 50"H tiles can be used as monolithic tiles on a 50"H frame. 65"H monolithic tiles are actually 60"H and can be used in combination with segmented tiles on a frame that is stacked above 65"H. 65"H tiles can be used as monolithic on a 65"H frame. Technology Tile Receptacle openings with blank covers (1 in 24"W tiles; 2 in wider tiles). Located " above bottom of base raceway. Tiles do not include segment bars order separately. 35"H frames do not have beltline data/power capability. 30"H port tiles can be used in the base position on "H or higher frames for data/power access at beltline. Specify the size that matches the frame size. One tile per frame side on "H, 50"H and 65"H. Technology Tile Power brackets are required, refer to page 47. Electrical components are sold separately and need to be specified. Accessories Tiles Tiles do not include segment bars order separately. Sturdy aluminum extrusion with steel support construction. Powder-coated for durable finish. Use in place of standard 15"H tiles. Cannot be used in the bottom location of a panel frame. Each tool tile has a suggested weight capacity of 80 lbs. of paper management accessories. Optional horizontal tile stiffener support can be used to increase the stiffness of interior when using tool tiles and an acoustical tile. See page 42. Clear & Frosted Glass Tiles Tempered safety glass encased within a frame with built-in shrouds. Single-pane construction, glass is flush on one side. For use in stacking frames also. Glass opening is 4" less than nominal heights and widths. Cannot be used in top tile position of a "H panel frame or any frame with integrated power pole. Cannot be used at the bottom or beltline location of panel frame. To utilize glass tiles at an uppermost frame position, there must be clearance above the primary or stack-on panel frame equal to, or greater than the height of the glass. 30"H tiles will work in top position of 65"H frames and in 30"H stacking frame. Segment bar needs to be ordered Laminate Tiles HPL Laminate coated MDF construction. Available in ALL HPL options. Tiles do not ship with segment bars order separately. Tiles attach with custom tile bracket kit included. Specify paint color. 15"H and 30"H tiles are non-dedicated and can be used in any tile position. Pass-Thru Tiles Need to order (2) 7½"H fabric tiles to enclose the top of the frame when using a pass-thru tile. Actual height of Pass-Thru Tile is 22½". Segment kits are not required when using Pass-Thru 32 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

33 SIN EMERGE Tile Options Continued... Steel Tiles Tiles do not include segment bars- order separately. Painted steel construction "H, 15"H and 30"H tiles are non-dedicated and can be used in any tile position. Do not use this tile with wall track. Whiteboard Tiles White marker board tile; painted steel surface. Accepts magnetic accessories. It is not recommended to use this tile with wall track. 15"H and 30"H are non-dedicated and can be used in any tile position. Surface is dry erase application. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 33

34 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurfaces Rectangular Radius Front L-Return Straight Front Corner Radius Front Corner Grand Peninsula Radius End Peninsula 90º Corner Countertop Worksurface Edge Option Edgeband (solid) Straight Countertop Overhead Cabinets and Shelves Painted Door *Available with Easy-Assist Option Wedge Hinged Door P Shaped Peninsula (Right Hand Shown) Transitional Sliding Steel Door Half-Round Extension 120 Degree Worksurface Ready-to-Assemble Cabinet Straight Shelf Ready-to-Assemble Shelf Upmount Kit 34 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

35 INCLUDE Open Credenza SIN EMERGE Filing & Personal Storage Pedestal Files - Available in File/File or Box/Box/File Options REFERENCE R-Pull A-Pull Systems Pedestal Filer Personal Storage - Available in R-Pull and A-Pull Options Mobile Pedestal with Seat Cushion EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES Lateral Files Lateral File Laminate Top Overfile Cabinet Personal Storage Center INCLUDE low storage SMARTSPACE SURPASS Bookcases Personal Storage Tower End Tower with Bookcase Storage Cabinet PREPARE Accessories STORAGE Accessory Rail Letter Tray Diagonal Tray Personal Shelf Binder Bin File Pocket ACCESSORIES SEATING Paper Clip Tray Tool Box Paper Clip Monitor Arms Dual Monitor Arms Task Lights INDEX Desk Lamps Keyboard Trays CPU Holder Electrical Receptacle Foot Rest *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 35

36 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical EMERGE Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. LIST $ SINGLE $52, PACK $104, PACK $208, PACK $416,480 10' x 11' EMERGE Private Office : Core Finishes Applied MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-FTFB6542R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx42W Trim 1 $482 M-FTTC30 Emerge Topcap 30W 2 $126 M-FTTS3042F Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $310 M-FTFB6536R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx36W Trim 3 $1,398 M-FTTS1542ACC Emerge Accessory Tile 15Hx42W 1 $596 M-FTTS6036F Emerge Tile 60Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 3 $960 M-FTTS1542F Emerge Tile 15Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $122 M-FTTS3036L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented Tile- Laminate 6 $2,184 M-FTTS3042L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented Tile-Laminate 3 $1,128 M-FTFS3036R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx36W 3 $1,137 M-FTFS3042R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx42W 1 $401 M-FTTS3036G Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented Glass 3 $1,497 M-FTSB42 Emerge Tile SegBar 42W 5 $85 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 9 $135 M-FTTC42 Emerge Topcap 42W 1 $88 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 3 $228 M-FTFB6536R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx36W Trim 1 $466 M-FTFB6542R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx42W Trim 1 $482 M-FTTS6036F Emerge Tile 60Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $320 M-FTTS6042F Emerge Tile 60Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $333 M-FTTS3036L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented Tile-Laminate 3 $1,092 M-FTTS3042L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented Tile- Laminate 2 $752 M-FTFS3036R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx36W 1 $379 M-FTFS3042R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx42W 1 $401 M-FTTS3036F Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $146 M-FTTS3042G Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented Glass 1 $544 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 3 $45 M-FTSB42 Emerge Tile SegBar 42W 3 $51 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-FTTC42 Emerge Topcap 42W 1 $88 M-FTFB6542R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx42W Trim 1 $482 M-FTDP9542 Emerge Hinged Door/Frm Pkg 95x42 NoHnd RadTrm 1 $3,596 M-FTTS6042F Emerge Tile 60Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $333 M-FTTD0842F Max F/T Tile 7.5x42 Segmented-Fab Tackable 2 $192 M-FTTS3042L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented Tile-Laminate 3 $1,128 M-ACC-FMED Single Flat Screen ED Monitor Arm 1 $760 M-FTFS3042R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx42W 1 $401 M-ACC-LLCP Lift and Lock Articulating Arm & Platform 1 $671 M-FTTS3042F Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $155 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 2 $66 M-FTSB42 Emerge Tile SegBar 42W 3 $51 M-DOORLEVER Hinged Door Lock Set Kit - Polished Silver Lever 1 $387 M-FTTC42 Emerge Topcap 42W 1 $88 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-FTFB6524R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx24W Trim 2 $874 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-FTTS6024F Emerge Tile 60Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $456 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-FTTS3024L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx24W Segmented Tile-Laminate 4 $1,328 M-EH42 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 42W 2 $550 M-FTFS3024R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx24W 2 $724 M-EP24 Pass-Thru Harness 24W 1 $149 M-FTTS1524F Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $192 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-FTTS1524L2 Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented Tile-Laminate 2 $514 M-FTCPL30 Emerge Conn Post2Way 90Deg L30H StkOn No TopCap 3 $531 M-FTTS1524G Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented Glass 2 $660 M-FTCPL30 Emerge Conn Post2Way 90Deg L30H StkOn No TopCap 1 $177 M-FTSB24 Emerge Tile SegBar 24W 10 $110 M-FTCPL65 Emerge Connect Post-2-Way 90Deg L-65H 3 $831 M-FTTC24 Emerge Topcap 24W 2 $102 M-FTCPL65 Emerge Connect Post-2-Way 90Deg L-65H 1 $277 M-FTFB6542R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx42W Trim 2 $964 M-FTTC42 Emerge Topcap 42W 1 $88 M-FTTS6042F Emerge Tile 60Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $666 M-LF230-A Ridgeline Lateral- 2-Dwr 30W A-Pull 1 $1,539 M-FTTS3042L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx42W Segmented Tile-Laminate 4 $1,504 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-FTFS3042R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx42W 2 $802 M-MDSL2429 Freestanding 24"Dx29"H Support Leg 1 $204 M-FTTS1542F Emerge Tile 15Hx42W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $244 M-PPSC60 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" 1 $240 M-FTTS1542L2 Emerge Tile 15Hx42W Segmented Tile-Laminate 2 $588 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-FTTS1542G Emerge Tile 15Hx42W Segmented Glass 2 $756 M-SEMU504 Guest Chair 2 $1,512 M-FTSB42 Emerge Tile SegBar 42W 10 $170 M-UOSS42 Univ Open Straight Shelf 42W 1 $317 M-FTTC42 Emerge Topcap 42W 2 $176 M-URP3072 Univ Radius End Pen 30x72 1 $798 M-FTFB6530R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx30W Trim 2 $900 M-URW2442 Univ Rec WS 24x42 1 $371 M-FTTS6030F Emerge Tile 60Hx30W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $608 M-URW2484 Univ Rec WS 24x84 1 $603 M-FTTS3030L2 Emerge Tile 30Hx30W Segmented Tile-Laminate 4 $1,380 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-FTFS3030R Emerge Frame-Stacking 30Hx30W 2 $740 M-USOH1542H Univ OH Cab 15Hx42W Hinged Pnt Door 1 $1,265 M-FTTS3030G Emerge Tile 30Hx30W Segmented Glass 2 $816 M-UWSKP Peninsula Worksurface Support Kit 1 $273 M-FTSB30 Emerge Tile SegBar 30W 6 $78 M-UWSKR2 Rect Worksurface Suprt Kit up to 63L 1 $126 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $52, *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

37 SIN EMERGE Typical EMERGE Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX LIST $ SINGLE $19, PACK $39, PACK $78,636 : Core Finishes Applied WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS 8 - PACK $157,272 6' x 6' EMERGE Station PREPARE MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-FTFB5024R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx24W Trim 2 $850 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-FTTS3024S Emerge Max F/T Tile 30Hx24W Segmented-Steel 4 $864 M-ACC-LLCP Lift and Lock Articulating Arm & Platform 1 $671 M-FTTS1524F Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $192 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 2 $66 M-FTTS1524S Emerge Max F/T Tile 15Hx24W Segmented-Steel 2 $370 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-FTSB24 Emerge Tile SegBar 24W 4 $44 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-FTFG1524 Emerge Frameless Glass 15Hx24W 2 $1,280 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-FTFB5036R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx36W Trim 2 $894 M-EH36 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 36W 2 $524 M-FTTS3036S Emerge Max F/T Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Steel 4 $992 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-FTTS1536F Emerge Tile 15Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $224 M-FTCPL50 Emerge Connect Post-2-Way 90Deg L-50H 3 $756 M-FTTS1536S Emerge Max F/T Tile 15Hx36W Segmented-Steel 2 $410 M-FTETF50 Emerge End of Run Panel Trim 50H 2 $298 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 4 $60 M-FTETFV15 Emerge Variable Height Panel End Trim 15H 2 $230 M-FTFG1536 Emerge Frameless Glass 15Hx36W 2 $1,536 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-FTFB6536R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx36W Trim 1 $466 M-SEMU501 Mid Bk Std Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,266 M-FTTS3036S Emerge Max F/T Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Steel 3 $744 M-SYP20B-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H BBF A-Pull 1 $649 M-FTTS1536ACC Emerge Accessory Tile 15" 36"W 1 $561 M-SYP20F-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H FF A-Pull 1 $649 M-FTTS1536F Emerge Tile 15Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $112 M-ULRL Univ LH L-Return WS 24x36x72 1 $864 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 3 $45 M-UOSS36 Univ Open Straight Shelf 36W 1 $312 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-URW2436 Univ Rec WS 24x36 1 $356 M-FTFB6536R Emerge Frame-Base 65Hx36W Trim 1 $466 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-FTTS3036S Emerge Max F/T Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Steel 3 $744 M-USOH1536F Univ OH Cab 15Hx36W Flipper Pnt Door 1 $644 M-FTTS3036F Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $146 M-UWSKL L-Return Worksurface Support Kit 1 $166 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 2 $30 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $19,659 STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 37

38 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical EMERGE Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. LIST $ SINGLE $10, PACK $20, PACK $40, PACK $81,528 4' x 5' EMERGE Station : Core Finishes Applied MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-LED1 Articulating LED Desk Lamp 1 $667 M-ICCBX224818RBFOMA Include 22Hx48Wx18D File/RH Open 1 $2,378 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-ICCRPB22L Include 22H(1.5H) Panel Bracket LH 1 $81 M-EH30 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 30W 1 $238 M-PPSC60 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" 1 $240 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-SCAW6524 Worksurface Stanchion O-Leg 24"D x 6.5"H 1 $231 M-FTETF35 Emerge End of Run Panel Trim 35H 2 $216 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-FTFB3530R Emerge Frame-Base 35Hx30W Trim 2 $824 M-SL2428O 24"Dx28"H O-Leg Support 1 $314 M-FTFG0730 Emerge Frameless Glass 7Hx30W 2 $1,334 M-SLPBR O-Leg Bracket for Panels RH 1 $89 M-FTTS3030S Emerge Max F/T Tile 30Hx30W Segmented-Steel 4 $932 M-URW2460 Univ Rec WS 24x60 1 $442 M-ICCAUC1824 Include 18Dx24W Credenza Cushion 1 $368 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $10, *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

39 SIN EMERGE Typical EMERGE Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. : Core Finishes Applied REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX LIST $ SINGLE $19, PACK $38, PACK $77, PACK $154,280 6' x 6' EMERGE Station MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-FTFB5024R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx24W Trim 1 $425 M-FTTS3036F Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $292 M-FTTS3024F Emerge Tile 30Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $256 M-FTTS1536G Emerge Tile 15Hx36W Segmented Glass 1 $361 M-FTTS1524F Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $192 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 2 $30 M-FTSB24 Emerge Tile SegBar 24W 2 $22 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-FTTC24 Emerge Topcap 24W 1 $51 M-ACC-FMED2 Dual Flat Screen ED Monitor Arm 1 $1,263 M-FTFB5048R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx48W Trim 1 $470 M-C1L Univ Cantilevered Worksurf Bracket LH 1 $65 M-FTTS3048F Emerge Tile 30Hx48W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $328 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 2 $66 M-FTTS1548F Emerge Tile 15Hx48W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $252 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-FTSB48 Emerge Tile SegBar 48W 2 $38 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-FTTC48 Emerge Topcap 48W 1 $100 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-FTFB5036R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx36W Trim 1 $447 M-EH24 Standard Single Block Duplex Harness 24W 1 $214 M-FTTS3036T Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Seg Tile-Technology 1 $442 M-EH24 Standard Single Block Duplex Harness 24W 1 $214 M-FTTS1536ACC Emerge Accessory Tile 15" 36"W 1 $561 M-EH36 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 36W 1 $262 M-FTTS3036F Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $146 M-EJ66 Jumper Cable 66W 1 $215 M-FTTS1536F Emerge Tile 15Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $112 M-EP36 Pass-Thru Harness 36W 1 $172 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 2 $30 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-FP3RJ45 3-Port Faceplate 1 $26 M-FTFB5024R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx24W Trim 1 $425 M-FTCPL50 Emerge Connect Post-2-Way 90Deg L-50H 3 $756 M-FTTS3024T Emerge Tile 30Hx24W Seg Tile-Technology 1 $286 M-FTETF50 Emerge End of Run Panel Trim 50H 2 $298 M-FTTS1524F Emerge Tile 15Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $192 M-FTTPB Emerge Tech Tile Power Brackets-Pkg of 12 1 $136 M-FTTS3024F Emerge Tile 30Hx24W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $128 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-FTSB24 Emerge Tile SegBar 24W 2 $22 M-PPBC2S Prepare 2-Stage C-Leg Elec Pow Base 2 Legs 1 $2,913 M-FTTC24 Emerge Topcap 24W 1 $51 M-PPHA4824 Prepare REC HA 48Wx24W 1 $468 M-FTFB5036R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx36W Trim 1 $447 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-FTTS3036T Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Seg Tile-Technology 1 $442 M-SYP20B-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H BBF A-Pull 1 $649 M-FTTS1536F Emerge Tile 15Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 2 $224 M-URW2472 Univ Rec WS 24x72 1 $522 M-FTTS3036F Emerge Tile 30Hx36W Segmented-Fab Tck 1 $146 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-FTSB36 Emerge Tile SegBar 36W 2 $30 M-USOH1536F Univ OH Cab 15Hx36W Flipper Pnt Door 1 $644 M-FTTC36 Emerge Topcap 36W 1 $76 M-USUM36 Univ OH Upmont 36W 1 $284 M-FTFB5036R Emerge Frame-Base 50Hx36W Trim 1 $447 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $19,285 WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 39

40 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Base Frame Base frame, raceway covers, and attaching hardware. For Specification Details refer to pages Top Cap ordered separately. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Frame-Base, 35" Height M-FTFB3524R 35" 24" M-FTFB3530R 35" 30" M-FTFB3536R 35" 36" M-FTFB3542R 35" 42" M-FTFB3548R 35" 48" M-FTFB3560R 35" 60" Frame-Base, " Height M-FTFB4224R 42.5" 24" M-FTFB4230R 42.5" 30" M-FTFB4236R 42.5" 36" M-FTFB4242R 42.5" 42" M-FTFB4248R 42.5" 48" M-FTFB4260R 42.5" 60" Frame-Base, 50" Height M-FTFB5024R 50" 24" M-FTFB5030R 50" 30" M-FTFB5036R 50" 36" M-FTFB5042R 50" 42" M-FTFB5048R 50" 48" M-FTFB5060R 50" 60" Frame-Base, 65" Height M-FTFB6524R 65" 24" M-FTFB6530R 65" 30" M-FTFB6536R 65" 36" M-FTFB6542R 65" 42" M-FTFB6548R 65" 48" M-FTFB6560R 65" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

41 SIN EMERGE Stacking Frames Stacking frame and attaching hardware. For specification details refer to pages Top Cap ordered separately. Paint finish option not required. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Frame-Stacking, 15" Height M-FTFS1524R 15" 24" M-FTFS1530R 15" 30" M-FTFS1536R 15" 36" M-FTFS1542R 15" 42" M-FTFS1548R 15" 48" M-FTFS1560R 15" 60" Frame-Stacking, 30" Height M-FTFS3024R 30" 24" M-FTFS3030R 30" 30" M-FTFS3036R 30" 36" M-FTFS3042R 30" 42" M-FTFS3048R 30" 48" M-FTFS3060R 30" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 41

42 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Frames-Horizontal Stiffener Support Floor Mounting & Channel Brackets Horizontal Stiffener Support Used to increase stiffness of larger Fabric Tiles when Fabric Tiles are used on both sides. attaching Hardware with black paint finish. Allows for additional or custom height options for belt line power. Floor Mounting Track with two brackets. Description Model W Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Frame-Horizontal Stiffener Support M-FTFH24R 24" M-FTFH30R 30" M-FTFH36R 36" M-FTFH42R 42" M-FTFH48R 48" M-FTFH60R 60" Specify track width matched to each panel width. 6" size is intended to anchor one edge each of two adjoining panels. Floor attachment hardware is not included. For use when panels need to be anchored to floor. Description Model W Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Floor Mounting & Channel Brackets M-EMFMC06 6" M-EMFMC12 12" M-EMFMC24 24" M-EMFMC30 30" M-EMFMC36 36" M-EMFMC42 42" M-EMFMC48 48" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

43 SIN EMERGE Sliding Door Sliding Door. Two hang rail assemblies. Two door stop brackets. Door available in frosted acrylic only. Door heights: 50", 65" 80". For attaching to 30", 36", 42" or 48" wide panels order a Sliding Door Mounting Kit. For specifying EMERGE sliding door, see page 28. Door is 42"W to cover a 36"W opening. The door must connect to a panel of equal or taller height. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Sliding Door M-FTSD " 42" M-FTSD " 42" M-FTSD " 42" EMERGE Sliding Door Kit M-FTSDKIT Hinged Door/Frame Package Door panel frame. Front door. Hinges. Top cap. Attaching hardware. M-FTSDKIT M-FTSDKIT M-FTSDKIT Used with adjacent 95" or taller panels. Door handle ordered separately. Power pole may not be used with Door panels. Keyed alike option not available on Door panels. Door panel is non-handed. For left or right hand: change to desired swing at time of installation. Need to order (2) M-FTTD0842F Hinged Door Fabric Tiles to enclose the top of the frame. Specify separately. No segment bar needed. Description Model H W D Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Hinged Door/Frame Package M-FTDP " 42" Hinged Door Lock Set Kit M-DOORLEVER 6" 10" Hinged Door Fabric Tile M-FTTD0842F 13" 42" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 43

44 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Fabric Tiles Fabric Tile Fabric Tiles are tackable and acoustical. Occupies one side of the panel frame. Order additional tile(s) for the opposite side of the frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B List 7 1 2"H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS0724F 7.5" 24" M-FTTS0730F 7.5" 30" M-FTTS0736F 7.5" 36" M-FTTS0742F 7.5" 42" M-FTTS0748F 7.5" 48" M-FTTS0760F 7.5" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS1524F 15" 24" M-FTTS1530F 15" 30" M-FTTS1536F 15" 36" M-FTTS1542F 15" 42" M-FTTS1548F 15" 48" M-FTTS1560F 15" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS3024F 30" 24" M-FTTS3030F 30" 30" M-FTTS3036F 30" 36" M-FTTS3042F 30" 42" M-FTTS3048F 30" 48" M-FTTS3060F 30" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS3724F 37.5" 24" M-FTTS3730F 37.5" 30" M-FTTS3736F 37.5" 36" M-FTTS3742F 37.5" 42" M-FTTS3748F 37.5" 48" M-FTTS3760F 37.5" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS4524F 45" 24" M-FTTS4530F 45" 30" M-FTTS4536F 45" 36" M-FTTS4542F 45" 42" M-FTTS4548F 45" 48" M-FTTS4560F 45" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Fabric Tackable M-FTTS6024F 60" 24" M-FTTS6030F 60" 30" M-FTTS6036F 60" 36" M-FTTS6042F 60" 42" M-FTTS6048F 60" 48" M-FTTS6060F 60" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

45 SIN EMERGE Pass-Thru Tile Open base tile frame Need to order (2) M-FTTS07XXF 7½"H fabric tiles to enclose the top of the frame when using a pass-thru tile. Specify separately. Actual height of pass-thru tile is 22½". Primarily used for accessing existing power and data on a hard wall. Segment bar not needed for tiles above Pass-Thru. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Tile "H Pass-Thru M-FTTS3024PT 22.5" 24" Accessory Tile Accessory Tile assembly M-FTTS3030PT 22.5" 30" M-FTTS3036PT 22.5" 36" M-FTTS3042PT 22.5" 42" M-FTTS3048PT 22.5" 48" M-FTTS3060PT 22.5" 60" The Accessory Tile will fit into an EMERGE frame like a standard fabric or laminate tile. It has nine height options to place accessories. Accessory tile can be installed in any 15" segment position that is above base position. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Accessory Tile M-FTTS1524ACC 15" 24" M-FTTS1530ACC 15" 30" M-FTTS1536ACC 15" 36" M-FTTS1542ACC 15" 42" M-FTTS1548ACC 15" 48" M-FTTS1560ACC 15" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 45

46 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Technology Tiles Technology Tile with factory installed attachment hardware. Receptacle openings with blank covers (one in 24" wide tiles: two in wider tiles). Technology Tiles are tackable and acoustical. Occupies one side of the panel frame. Order additional tile(s) for the opposite side of the frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. When using 15" tech tiles a 15" tile is needed for desk height Power/Data. Order technology tile brackets separately. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B List 15"H SEGMENTED Tile-Technology M-FTTS1524T 15" 24" M-FTTS1530T 15" 30" M-FTTS1536T 15" 36" M-FTTS1542T 15" 42" M-FTTS1548T 15" 48" M-FTTS1560T 15" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Technology M-FTTS3024T 30" 24" M-FTTS3030T 30" 30" M-FTTS3036T 30" 36" M-FTTS3042T 30" 42" M-FTTS3048T 30" 48" M-FTTS3060T 30" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Technology M-FTTS3724T 37.5" 24" M-FTTS3730T 37.5" 30" M-FTTS3736T 37.5" 36" M-FTTS3742T 37.5" 42" M-FTTS3748T 37.5" 48" M-FTTS3760T 37.5" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Technology M-FTTS4524T 45" 24" M-FTTS4530T 45" 30" M-FTTS4536T 45" 36" M-FTTS4542T 45" 42" M-FTTS4548T 45" 48" M-FTTS4560T 45" 60" "H Tile Monolithic Base-Technology M-FTTS6024T 60" 24" M-FTTS6030T 60" 30" M-FTTS6036T 60" 36" M-FTTS6042T 60" 42" M-FTTS6048T 60" 48" M-FTTS6060T 60" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

47 SIN EMERGE Technology Tile Power Brackets 12 Technology Tile Power Brackets. For use with Technology Tiles (at Beltline Only). 1 Bracket required at Beltline for each pass-thru harness and 24" wide Power Harness. 2 Brackets required for 30" to 60" wide Power Harnesses. Refer to page 32 for Technology Tile spec rules. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Tech Tile Power Brackets-Pkg of 12 M-FTTPB REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 47

48 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Steel Tiles Steel Tile Occupies one side of the panel frame. Order additional tile(s) for the opposite side of the frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. Should not be used with Wall Track. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List 7.5"H SEGMENTED Tile- Steel M-FTTS0724S 7.5" 24" M-FTTS0730S 7.5" 30" M-FTTS0736S 7.5" 36" M-FTTS0742S 7.5" 42" M-FTTS0748S 7.5" 48" M-FTTS0760S 7.5" 60" "H SEGMENTED Tile- Steel M-FTTS1524S 15" 24" M-FTTS1530S 15" 30" M-FTTS1536S 15" 36" M-FTTS1542S 15" 42" M-FTTS1548S 15" 48" M-FTTS1560S 15" 60" "H SEGMENTED Tile- Steel M-FTTS3024S 30" 24" M-FTTS3030S 30" 30" M-FTTS3036S 30" 36" M-FTTS3042S 30" 42" M-FTTS3048S 30" 48" M-FTTS3060S 30" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

49 SIN EMERGE Whiteboard Tiles Whiteboard Tile Occupies one side of the panel frame. Order additional tile(s) for the opposite side of the frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. This surface is a dry erase application. Accommodates magnetic accessories. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List 7.5"H SEGMENTED Tile- Whiteboard M-FTTS0724W 7.5" 24" M-FTTS0730W 7.5" 30" M-FTTS0736W 7.5" 36" M-FTTS0742W 7.5" 42" M-FTTS0748W 7.5" 48" M-FTTS0760W 7.5" 60" "H SEGMENTED Tile- Whiteboard M-FTTS1524W 15" 24" M-FTTS1530W 15" 30" M-FTTS1536W 15" 36" M-FTTS1542W 15" 42" M-FTTS1548W 15" 48" M-FTTS1560W 15" 60" "H SEGMENTED Tile- Whiteboard M-FTTS3024W 30" 24" M-FTTS3030W 30" 30" M-FTTS3036W 30" 36" M-FTTS3042W 30" 42" M-FTTS3048W 30" 48" M-FTTS3060W 30" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 49

50 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Laminate Tiles Laminate Tile. Tile Kit with factory installed attachment clips. Laminate tiles ship in separate boxes from tracks and clips. Available in all widths AND up to 37½" high. NO MONOLITHIC option available on frames over " tall. Segmented tiles can be used for a full laminate panel look if desired. Occupies one side of the panel frame. Order additional tile(s) for the opposite side of the frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. For directional laminates the grain runs vertical on the panel. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes EMERGE 15"H Monolithic Base Laminate Tile M-FTTS1524L2 15" 24" M-FTTS1530L2 15" 30" M-FTTS1536L2 15" 36" M-FTTS1542L2 15" 42" M-FTTS1548L2 15" 48" M-FTTS1560L2 15" 60" EMERGE 30"H Monolithic Base Laminate Tile M-FTTS3024L2 30" 24" M-FTTS3030L2 30" 30" M-FTTS3036L2 30" 36" M-FTTS3042L2 30" 42" M-FTTS3048L2 30" 48" M-FTTS3060L2 30" 60" EMERGE "H Monolithic Base Laminate Tile M-FTTS3724L " 24" M-FTTS3730L " 30" M-FTTS3736L " 36" M-FTTS3742L " 42" M-FTTS3748L " 48" M-FTTS3760L " 60" Core List L2 List 50 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

51 SIN EMERGE Clear & Frosted Glass Tiles Single pane of tempered safety glass encased in a painted steel frame. Glass may only be used above the beltline. Cannot be used in the base position on the panel frame. One Segmented Glass Tile occupies both sides of a frame. Refer to Tile Position Options Chart on page 31. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Clear Glass List Frosted Glass List EMERGE 15"H Glass Tile M-FTTS1524G 15" 24" M-FTTS1530G 15" 30" M-FTTS1536G 15" 36" M-FTTS1542G 15" 42" M-FTTS1548G 15" 48" M-FTTS1560G 15" 60" EMERGE 30"H Glass Tile M-FTTS3024G 30" 24" M-FTTS3030G 30" 30" M-FTTS3036G 30" 36" M-FTTS3042G 30" 42" M-FTTS3048G 30" 48" M-FTTS3060G 26" 60" Segment Bars Segment bars are horizontal steel cross members. Black only. Must be ordered for placement between all vertically adjacent tiles. Segment bars must be ordered for each side of the panel frame. Description Model Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Segment Bar 24W" M-FTSB EMERGE Segment Bar 30W" M-FTSB EMERGE Segment Bar 36W" M-FTSB EMERGE Segment Bar 42W" M-FTSB EMERGE Segment Bar 48W" M-FTSB EMERGE Segment Bar 60W" M-FTSB REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 51

52 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Panel Connector Posts Top cap, connectors, vertical cover, light block and attaching hardware (for "L", "S", "T", "V" & "Y"). Top cap, light block, attaching hardware and connectors (for "X" Connector Posts). Each Connection Post adds 2 3 4" to panel run. Refer to EMERGE Connection Post examples. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Connection Post 2-Way 90 "L" M-FTCPL07 7" M-FTCPL15 15" M-FTCPL22 22" M-FTCPL30 30" M-FTCPL35 35" M-FTCPL42 42" M-FTCPL50 50" M-FTCPL65 65" M-FTCPL80 80" EMERGE Connection Post 2-Way 180 "S" M-FTCPS07 7" M-FTCPS15 15" M-FTCPS22 22" M-FTCPS30 30" M-FTCPS35 35" M-FTCPS42 42" M-FTCPS50 50" M-FTCPS65 65" M-FTCPS80 80" EMERGE Connection Post 3-Way "T" M-FTCPT07 7" M-FTCPT15 15" M-FTCPT22 22" M-FTCPT30 30" M-FTCPT35 35" M-FTCPT42 42" M-FTCPT50 50" M-FTCPT65 65" M-FTCPT80 80" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

53 SIN EMERGE Panel Connector Posts Continued... Description Model H Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Connection Post 4-Way "X" M-FTCPX07 7" M-FTCPX15 15" M-FTCPX22 22" M-FTCPX30 30" M-FTCPX35 35" M-FTCPX42 42" M-FTCPX50 50" M-FTCPX65 65" M-FTCPX80 80" EMERGE Connection Post 2-Way "V" M-FTCPY235 35" M-FTCPY242 42" M-FTCPY250 50" M-FTCPY265 65" EMERGE Connection Post 3-Way "Y" M-FTCPY335 35" M-FTCPY342 42" M-FTCPY350 50" M-FTCPY365 65" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 53

54 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Panel Trim Top cap. End vertical trim cover. Variable Height End-of-Run Trim is used on "L", "X", "T", "V", "Y", & "S" connections where there is a change of height. Refer to EMERGE Connection Post examples on page 27. Variable height and frameless glass end trim is needed on a higher panel when it is connected to a lower panel that has a frameless glass unit. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List EMERGE End-of-Run Trim (E) M-FTETF15 15" M-FTETF30 30" M-FTETF35 35" M-FTETF42 42" M-FTETF50 50" M-FTETF65 65" M-FTETF80 80" EMERGE Variable Height End of Run Trim (FV) M-FTETFV07 7" M-FTETFV15 15" M-FTETFV22 22" M-FTETFV30 30" Variable Height Frameless Glass End Trim M-FTETFC07 7" M-FTETFC15 15" Wall Starter Kit Wall Starter Kit and Top Cap. For applications over 70" H order additional Wall Starter Kits. Kit adds 3 4" to length of panel run. Hardware to attach connector to wall not included. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Wall Starter Kit M-FTWSK15 15" M-FTWSK30 30" M-FTWSK35 35" M-FTWSK42 42" M-FTWSK50 50" M-FTWSK65 65" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

55 SIN EMERGE EMERGE Frameless Glass Frameless Laminated Glass and attaching brackets. EMERGE Frameless Glass has the ability to do Variable Height applications. Frameless Glass can span multiple panels. Unit itself serves as the top cap. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Frosted Glass List EMERGE Frameless Glass, 7" height M-FTFG0724 7" M-FTFG0730 7" M-FTFG0736 7" M-FTFG0742 7" M-FTFG0748 7" M-FTFG0754 7" M-FTFG0760 7" M-FTFG0766 7" M-FTFG0772 7" EMERGE Frameless Glass, 15" height M-FTFG " M-FTFG " M-FTFG " M-FTFG " M-FTFG " Top Cap Top Cap M-FTFG " M-FTFG " M-FTFG " M-FTFG " Use to finish top on base panel frames. It is possible to span multiple frames when the combined frame width is equal to the top trim width. Available in painted metal. Top caps are to be ordered separately from the panel frames. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Top Cap M-FTTC24 24" M-FTTC30 30" M-FTTC36 36" M-FTTC42 42" M-FTTC48 48" M-FTTC60 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 55

56 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Electrical Specification Information Cable openings in frame uprights permit cables to be run between frames. Jumper is required to connect base pathway power to beltline. Base pathway accommodates power and lay-in capacity for data and communication. Capacity for lay-in cabling is provided underneath panel top caps. Power blocks snap into base pathway horizontal frame members and accept duplex receptacles. Electrical power harnesses have capacity for 2 duplex receptacles (1 in a 24"W panel) per panel side when ported. Non base pathway power requires electrical mounting brackets. Electrical power harness accepts up to 2 duplex receptacles per panel side (24"W limited to 1) at base pathway. Integrated power pole accommodates power in feed and communication/ data lines. Fiber optic cables can follow 90 turns at the intersection of panel runs. Ceiling in-feed connects to building electrical supply. Ceiling in-feed can also be used at the bottom to feed up into footed panels where exposed flex conduit is permitted by codes. This in feed can be prewired before panels are installed. M-EPF3 in-feeds must be installed in panel before connecting to building wiring. Fiber optic and other data cabling can be routed through 90 intersections. No more than one conduit that is connected to a harness mounted to horizontal can be routed through the same cut out in the same horizontal. Attempting to use more will cause binding of conduit and may affect reveals on receptacles. Beltline area accommodates power and data or communication lines. Electrical pass thru harnesses have capacity for one duplex receptacle per panel side. Base pathway power in feed mounts into any receptacle position in the base pathway area and is connected to the building electrical supply. 56 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

57 SIN EMERGE Byrne Electrical System Capabilities EMERGE features a Byrne 4-circuit/8-wire modular power distribution system. The standard power configuration provides three utility circuits, which share a common Neutral and Ground, plus an isolated/dedicated fourth circuit, with an independent Neutral and Ground. As an option, the system can also provide 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated circuits. The power distribution system provides access to multiple electrical outlets and circuits within the same panel. The standard power distribution through the base-level raceway can branch electrical service up to the work surface level as needed. Each electrical circuit is rated 120volts/20amp. Up to four 20 Amp circuits may be accessed from a 3-phase power source, and up to three circuits may be used with a single-phase source. The electrical system is UL LISTED. NOTE ON THE SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS The Maxon 4-Circuit/8-Wire power system conforms to National Electrical Code requirements. However, some variations may exist in the local authority of electrical code standards. The specifier or user is responsible for confirming code standard compliance in these locations before specification and ordering. The availability of power components and systems does not constitute local code approved by Maxon Furniture Inc. All electrical installation work on Maxon power systems should be done under the supervision of a licensed electrician or approved electrical contractor. Guidelines For Byrne Electrical Specification 1. Consult with the electrician and computer support staff to determine the electrical option you will be using: 3 utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2. Determine the locations, quantities and circuits of the duplex outlets. 3. Determine the requirements (if any) for isolated/dedicated circuits. 4. Specify the appropriate double block, single block and pass-thru power harnesses. Harness widths must correspond to the applicable panel width. The integrated panel-to-panel power jumper cable stretches approximately 3" to transverse 2-way 180 "S", 2-way 90 L, 3-way T and 4-way X connections. 5. Determine the location, quantity and type of power source feed(s) needed. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT - 1 CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED/ DEDICATED 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 3 utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit is the standard configuration of the EMERGE electrical system. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT - 1 CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 ISOLATED CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuits provide the convenience of ample utility power with an additional isolated circuit for more extensive computer applications. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 57

58 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical Power Usage Typical power usage by the most commonly specified office equipment. EQUIPMENT AMPS Computers Personal Computer...3 Notebook Computer...3 Monitors 13" Color Monitor " Color Monitor " Color Monitor " Plasma Monitor " Plasma Monitor...1 Maximum Receptacle Capacity In Panel Raceway Width Max 1 Duplex receptacle per panel side Max 2 Duplex receptacles per panel side 24" 30" and wider Various Electrical Layouts When ending power in two return panels, wiring pigtails must be returned to original panel run. To power a 3-Way panel connection, specify at least one double-block harness. EQUIPMENT AMPS Copiers Desktop Copier...15 Console Copier...20 Copier/Duplicator...30 Printers InkJet... less than 1 Personal Laser or LED...8 Workgroup Laser or LED...15 To power a 4-Way panel connection from one direction, specify at least two double block harness. EQUIPMENT AMPS Fax Machines InkJet Fax... less than 1 Plain Paper Fax...8 Task Lights 30" T5 Fluorescent /bulb 60" T5 Fluorescent /bulb Source: Industry Analysis, Inc., Rochester, NY 58 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

59 SIN EMERGE Lay-in Cable Capacity In Panel Raceway The top and base pathway allow continuous voice and data lines to run through and between panels without interruption. Lay-in is provided for environments where systems furniture of cabling are subject to frequent change. EMERGE top pathway accepts up to 7 voice.data cables (.25" dia). EMERGE variable height junctions accept up to 3 voice/data cables (.25" dia.) EMERGE base pathway accepts up to 56 voice/data cables (.25" dia.) (6.03 sq. in.) at 60% fill. When electrical system shares base pathway, the cable capacity in EMERGE is reduced to 18 cables (2.25 sq. in.). Cable quantities listed are at 60% fill ratio. Cable capacity of the EMERGE power pole, in addition to electrical in-feed is 2.79 sq. in. on one side and 2.91 sq. in. on the other for a total capacity of 66 cables of.25" diameter. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX EMERGE EMERGE EMERGE 66 cables WORKSURFACES 56 cables 18 cables SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 59

60 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Byrne Power-In Wiring M-EPF2 - (72" Long) For use in all Maxon Panel Systems to connect system from a building junction box. It also enters into a panel from the right or left (it pivots) and must mount in to an M-EH model number (Electrical Wiring Harness) or an M-EPS model number (Single Block). M-EPF3 - (168" Long) For use in all Maxon Panel Systems. M-EPF3 connects to building junction box and poles. Can be used with desk height power applications for a 12' ceiling. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages Description Model Wt. List Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle M-EPF Power In-Feed through End (Ceiling) M-EPF EMERGE Integrated Power Pole Power Pole. Refer to EMERGE Connection Post examples. Power Poles cannot be placed on panels with Glass Tiles. Must specify the Panel Top Trim Kit for Integrated Power Pole separately (Refer to M-FTPTT below). Recommendation on panel heights based on 10' ceilings. EMERGE Panel Top Trim Kit For Integrated Power Pole Panel Top Trim Kit. For use with EMERGE Integrated Power Pole. Specify Trim Kit according to the width of the panel. Trim kit replaces the top cap. M-EPF2 Description Model Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Integrated Power Pole (For 65" - 95" base frames) (For 42 ½"H - 57 ½"H Panels) M-FTPP M-FTPP Description Model Width Wt. Cubes List EMERGE Panel Top Trim Kit Integrated Power Pole M-FTPTT24 24" M-FTPTT30 30" M-FTPTT36 36" M-FTPTT42 42" M-FTPTT48 48" M-FTPTT60 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

61 SIN EMERGE Byrne Electrical Double Block Duplex Harness Byrne Electric Duplex Outlet Receptacle Built-in Jumper. When using M-EH Series Harnesses for duplex outlet capabilities in panels, please specify the corresponding length of harness to match the panel width. All outlet placements are 12" from the edge of the panel. When specifying for GSA applications, add suffix (G) and reference list price GSA (G). Standard model without suffix (G) is not on GSA Contract (NOC). Specify harness length to match panel width. 24" power harness accepts one receptacle on each side of the harness, all other length power harnesses have power blocks to accept four duplex receptacles (two on each side of panel). Connectors at both ends of power harnesses allow power distribution in either direction. Harness power blocks snap directly onto brackets in base pathway; harnesses require optional mounting brackets at beltline or other vertical locations. Use of a ceiling in-feed or jumper requires one additional harness to reach first Double block duplex harness. Description Model W Wt. List Available with 3 integrated circuits 1, 2, or 3 (M-ED1, M-ED2, M-ED3) and 1 isolated circuit 4 (M-ED4) or 2 integrated circuits 1 and 2 (M-ED1, M-ED2) and 2 isolated circuits 3 and 4 (M-ED3D, M-ED4). Each duplex outlet receptacle is rated at 15 amps. Each circuit has a 20 amp maximum capacity (depending upon building wiring). Power-In Wiring (M-EPF2) plugs into Duplex Wiring Harness (M-EH or M-EPS) in place of a Duplex Outlet Receptacle. Duplex Outlets may be added at any time by removing the outlet cover plate and plugging the Duplex Outlet Receptacle into the Duplex Wiring Harness. Isolated circuits are designated with an orange triangle. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages List GSA (G) Single Block Duplex Harness 24W M-EH24 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 30W M-EH30 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 36W M-EH36 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 42W M-EH42 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 48W M-EH48 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 60W M-EH60 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 72W M-EH72 (G) EXCLUDED Description Model Wt. Cubes List Byrne Electric Duplex Outlet Circuit M-ED M-ED M-ED M-ED3D M-ED REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 61

62 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Byrne Electrical Pass-Thru Harness Allows you to take power through a panel raceway. Duplex outlets cannot be used with M-EP Pass-Thru wiring. Pass-Thru wiring runs from 10" inside on panels, through the connection and 10" into the next panel in the run. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages Description Model Wt. List Pass-Thru Harness M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP Byrne Electrical Jumper Cable Jumper cables for jumping from belt line to raceway. M-EJ66 jumps 30" vertically for belt line to raceway. M-EJ108 jumps 65" vertically to highest 15" opening on an 80" frame. Description Model Wt. List Jumper Cable M-EJ M-EJ Byrne Electrical Single Block Pass-Thru Harness EPS Single Block Pass-Thru wiring will allow the use of one outlet per panel side. Electrical pass-thru harness have capacity to handle one duplex receptacle on each side of the panel. Electrical power harnesses and pass-thru cables cannot be routed at 90º at beltline once frames are connected to connector blocks. Specify harness length to match panel width. Description Model Wt. List Single Block Pass-Thru Harness M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

63 SIN EMERGE Byrne Chicago Outlet Box For hard wiring by an electrician to meet Chicago City Codes. Cannot be used back-to-back one Duplex per side, per panel. Byrne New York Junction Box Telecommunication Receptacles Description Model Wt. Cubes List Chicago Outlet Box - Base Raceway M-ECH Chicago Outlet Box - Beltline Electric M-EMCDHP New York Junction Box provides special Power-In Wiring to meet New York City electrical code. Intended for use in 30" wide panel. Use in larger size panels would require modification by certified electrician at install. Description Model Wt. List Power In-Feed NY Junction Box M-EPFX Faceplates and Jacks available in black only. Description Model Wt. List 3-Port Faceplate M-FP3RJ Port Faceplate M-FP4RJ Snap In Jack RJ11 Cat 3 M-SIJRJ Snap In Jack R45 Cat 5E M-SIJRJ Snap In Jack R45 Cat 6 M-SIJRJ456S REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 63

64 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Electrical Accessories M-PWRMOD - Color finishes available: Flint and White. M-COMDOME2 - Color finish available: Loft. M-WMCLIPSM/LG - Color finish available: Black. All models have a 6ft cord. Description Model Wt. Cubes List O-Leg Wire Clip M-WMCLIPSM (4-Pack) M-WMCLIPLG (8-Pack) Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD2UWM (Shown) 3 Receptacles Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD3UWM Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 2 Data Accessory M-COMDOME Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB M-PWRMOD2WC Receptacles (Shown) M-PWRMOD3WC *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

65 SIN EMERGE Overhead Cabinets with Flipper Door Overhead cabinets. Core removable locks. Two keys. Attaching brackets. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. Ball bearing Overhead Door slides. Door recedes over top of Overhead Cabinet. 60" W & 72"W Overhead Cabinets have 2 doors with locks. Please specify models specific to Panel Systems or Wall Mount applications. Refer to page 67 for keyed alike option. Can be off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Flipper Painted Door - Panel Mount M-USOH1524F 15" 14.25" 24" M-USOH1530F 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536F 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542F 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548F 15" 14.25" 48" M-USOH1560F 15" 14.25" 60" M-USOH1572F 15" 14.25" 72" Flipper Easy Assist Painted Door - M-USOH1524FE 15" 14.25" 24" Panel Mount M-USOH1530FE 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536FE 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542FE 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548FE 15" 14.25" 48" Flipper Painted Door - Wall Mount M-UWMSOH1524F 15" 14.25" 24" M-UWMSOH1530F 15" 14.25" 30" M-UWMSOH1536F 15" 14.25" 36" M-UWMSOH1542F 15" 14.25" 42" M-UWMSOH1548F 15" 14.25" 48" M-UWMSOH1560F 15" 14.25" 60" Ready-to-Assemble Overhead Cabinet Overhead cabinets. Core removable locks. Two keys. Cabinet. Assembly hardware. Does not come preassembled. 60" and 72" wide cabinets have two doors with locks. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back. Refer to page 67 for keyed alike option. Cannot be mounted off modular or up mounted. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Ready-to-Assemble Overhead Cabinet with Flipper Door M-USOC24R 15" 11.37" 24" M-USOC30R 15" 11.37" 30" M-USOC36R 15" 11.37" 36" M-USOC42R 15" 11.37" 42" M-USOC48R 15" 11.37" 48" M-USOC60R 15" 11.37" 60" M-USOC72R 15" 11.37" 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 65

66 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Overhead Cabinets with Hinged Door Overhead cabinets. Core removable locks. Two keys. Attaching brackets. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. 24"-36" cabinets have 2 doors. 42"-48" have 4 doors. Refer to page 67 for keyed alike option. Can be mounted off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Hinged Painted Door - Panel Mount M-USOH1524H 15" 16" 24" M-USOH1530H 15" 16" 30" M-USOH1536H 15" 16" 36" M-USOH1542H 15" 16" 42" M-USOH1548H 15" 16" 48" Overhead Cabinets with Steel Sliding Door Overhead cabinets. Attaching brackets. Two keys. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. Off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Steel Sliding Door M-USOH1524S 15" 14.25" 24" M-USOH1530S 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536S 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542S 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548S 15" 14.25" 48" M-USOH1560S 15" 14.25" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

67 SIN EMERGE Upmount Kits for Overheads Consists of two upmount brackets. Full back panel. Required installation hardware. Allows mounting of an assembled overhead cabinet up to 15" above height of panel. Brackets require a clearance of 6 1 /2" below bottom of overhead cabinet. Width must correspond with width of panel frame or two panel frames joined directly inline. Full back panels adds 1 /2" to depth of overhead case. Full back panel only used when upmounting cabinet. Cannot be used with RTA models. Cannot be used on 42 ½"H base panels. Cannot be used on 35"H panels. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Upmounted Overhead Kits M-USUM24 15" 14.25" 24" M-USUM30 15" 14.25" 30" M-USUM36 15" 14.25" 36" M-USUM42 15" 14.25" 42" M-USUM48 15" 14.25" 48" M-USUM60 15" 14.25" 60" Overhead Cabinet Locks Each M-LC kit includes one core and core removal tool, two keys and instructions. Order required quantity of M-LC Kits and specify key number between 101 and 225 for each keyed-alike group. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lock Core Kit M-LC Master Key (1) M-MK Example How To Specify: Ordering Example: item number M - L C key number E Lock Core shown in application. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 67

68 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb. Ganger bars. Light available in Black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Cord cover is metal construction. Specify paint finish option. 6 ft. cord. Description Wattage Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Task Light 24W or greater 15 M-USL24 2" 7" 18" Task Light 30W or greater 20 M-USL30 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater 30 M-USL42 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater 40 M-USL54 2" 7" 48.25" Task Light 24W or greater-fuse Plug 15 M-USL24FP 2" 7" 18.25" Task Light 30W or greater-fuse Plug 20 M-USL30FP 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater-fuse Plug 30 M-USL42FP 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater-fuse Plug 40 M-USL54FP 2" 7" 48.25" Cord Cover M-CCM10 10" 2" 2" Cord Cover M-CCM15 15" 2" 2" Cord Cover M-CCM20 20" 2" 2" Universal Overhead Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb. 9 foot cord. 4 cord clips. Mounting bars. Light available in black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Excluded from GSA EXCLUDED Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Overhead Task Light 24W M-USLO24 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W M-USLO30 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W M-USLO42 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W M-USLO60 1.1" 3.7" 60" Universal Overhead Task Light 24W - Fuse Plug M-USLO24FP 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W - Fuse Plug M-USLO30FP 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W - Fuse Plug M-USLO42FP 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W - Fuse Plug M-USLO60FP 1.1" 3.7" 60" For other lighting options see the Accessories section. 68 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

69 SIN EMERGE Ready-to-Assemble (RTA) Overhead Shelf Shelf Organizer Straight Shelf with Steel End Panels. Does not come preassembled. Overhead Shelves have exposed back. Shelf Organizer Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount RTA Overhead Shelf M-USSC24R 5 5/8" 11.37" 24" M-USSC30R 5 5/8" 11.37" 30" M-USSC36R 5 5/8" 11.37" 36" M-USSC42R 5 5/8" 11.37" 42" M-USSC48R 5 5/8" 11.37" 48" M-USSC60R 5 5/8" 11.37" 60" M-USSC72R 5 5/8" 11.37" 72" Overhead Shelves Straight Shelf with Steel End Panels. Overhead Shelves have exposed back with backsplash. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Open Straight Shelf M-UOSS24 8" 14" 24" M-UOSS30 8" 14" 30" M-UOSS36 8" 14" 36" M-UOSS42 8" 14" 42" M-UOSS48 8" 14" 48" M-UOSS60 8" 14" 60" M-UOSS72 8" 14" 72" Vertically divides and aligns books, magazines and folders. Fits all Universal Overhead Cabinets and Shelves. Not compatible with Overhead Cabinets with Sliding Doors. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Shelf Organizer M-PSO REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 69

70 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories The Universal Panel Accessory rail is 5" high and provides a continuous full-width slot for mounting personal accessory components. Universal Panel Accessory rail can be mounted off modular up to 18". The rails are designed for use on panels only. Accessories can be used only on the Universal Accessory Rail. Diagonal trays are non-handed. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Accessory Rail M-ACCRAIL24 5".5" 24" M-ACCRAIL30 5".5" 30" M-ACCRAIL36 5".5" 36" M-ACCRAIL42 5".5" 42" M-ACCRAIL48 5".5" 48" M-ACCRAIL60 5".5" 60" Personal Shelf (21") M-PS " 7" 21" Letter Tray M-LT 1.7" 9" 13" Binder Bin M-SB 8.5" 5.2" Diagonal Tray - (Non-handed) (3) M-DT 8.5" 9.5" 4.5" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

71 SIN EMERGE Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories Continued... Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List File Pocket M-FP 8.9" 12" Paper Clip M-CLIP2 1.9" 5" Small Paper Clip Tray M-SMTRAY 1.8" 6.8" Tool Box M-TB 5.25" 5" Panel Accessories Black paint only Description Model Wt. Cubes List Coat Hook M-PMC REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 71

72 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Panel Mounted Whiteboard Panel mounted whiteboard. Marker tray. Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. This surface is a dry erase application. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

73 SIN EMERGE Universal Fabric Tackboard - Wall & Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard REFERENCE Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. EMERGE Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B List Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 73

74 EMERGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 74 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

75 SIN PREFIX Prefix Panel System Value-engineered to be versatile, efficient and cost-effective, your office will function the way you want and look good doing it. Built to last with excellent fit and finish, PREFIX is affordable without compromising quality. PREFIX panels are 2 1 8" thick, and can be configured in a variety of heights and fabric finishes. Fabric panels combined with glass panels and glass and fabric stackers equates to a variety of looks and heights to fit any area of your office. Glass panels and stackers are available in clear or frosted glass and let natural light in while maintaining privacy. Maxon's broad range of storage solutions provides a place for everything. Connector posts are available in straight, extended straight, 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4-Way options, provide optimal versatility and structural rigidity. Connect two stations or 10 depending upon your needs. Quick delivery and easy installation means a you're up and working fast. Worksurfaces are available with high pressure laminate to meet your budget and aesthetic needs. PREFIX is manufactured in the USA and is covered by Maxon's Limited Lifetime Warranty. Features Panels are 2 1 8" thick and available in 4 heights and 8 widths Panels available in monolithic and glass header. 15" Glass or fabric stackers can be added. Benefits Variable heights and widths can be configured to fit almost any workspace. Panels are tackable. Glass allows more natural light to enter workspace. A different fabric can be specified for the fabric stacker, adding color to the workspace. 120 Degree Connector Offers a contemporary look for your space. Maxon's line of universal storage works with PREFIX. Choose universal storage options such as overhead cabinets, pedestals, lateral files and bookshelves. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 75

76 PREFIX SIN Working with PREFIX Panels INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Frame Dimensions (Actual) Top trim is relocated from base panel frame. Lay-in base pathway accepts voice, data and fiber optic cable, as well as electrical system. Leveling glides provide 2 1 8" of adjustment. Depth: 2 1 8" (use 2 1 4" to calcu late intersections in length of panel run) Widths: 20", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", 72" Heights: ", ", ", " (with levelers fully retracted) Leveling Glides: 2 1 8" range Stacking Panels: 15"H fabric and glass, 30"H glass Frameless Glass Screens: 7 1 2"H, 15"H Stacking panels are available in 15"H tackable or glazed and 30"H glazed. Frameless glass screens are also available for topping off panels in 7 1 2" or 15"H, select either clear or frosted glass. Structural panel frames are available in 35", ", 50", and 65" nominal heights. Panels are 2 1 8" nominal thick, (use 2 1 4" to calculate inter sections in length of panel runs). Base pathway cover has outlet openings that accept duplex receptacles or commercially avai lable modular data faceplates. Tackable and Non-Tackable Panels Specifications: 4-sided, welded tubular steel panel frame. Panel frames include and are shipped with base pathway covers and top trim installed. Hardware included with connector kits. Available in 4 heights and 8 widths add 3 8" for each panel vertical end trim. Panel frames can be leveled up to 2 1 8". Actual panel height varies depending on position of leveling glides. Direct connections between same height frames in a continuous run are accomplished with provided hardware. There is no incremen tal increase in dimension along the run. For adequate stability, one of two methods of stabiliza tion shown on page 79 must be adhered to. Due to depth of panel, back to back data modules should not be used in the base. Add 2 1 4" to panel run for each L, T, X, or extended straight connector ( S ). Acoustical panels meet BIFMA recommendations. Panel frames are shipped with base pathway covers and top trim installed. Inline connections between panels in a continuous run are accomplished with an inline connector kit. 76 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

77 SIN Specification Information PREFIX Panel Dimensions & Growth Allowances PREFIX panels are 2 1 8" in depth. There is no panel creep within the panels, but outside workstation dimensions grow by 2.25" for every connecting post. Stackers All stackers must match the base panel width that it is installed on. Stackers cannot span across base panels. Stackers can be added to 35"H, 50"H, 65"H up to 80"H. 42.5"H can go up to 72.5"H. Slot modularity will be lost on stackers that are used on 42.5"H panels. Stackers cannot be used as base panels. Fabric Stackers Fabric stackers provides tackability and sound absorption. Fabric stackers add 15" of height to base panel. Can multi-stack up to a maximum height of 80". Fabric stackers are load bearing per overhead specifications. Fabric stackers cannot be placed on top of glass. Glass Stackers Glass stackers adds 15" or 30" of height to base panel. Glass cannot be double stacked. Glass must be in the top position of the panel frame. Max Height - 80"H. Glass stackers are not load bearing. Offered in clear or frosted finish options. Glass Header Panels Available in 50"H and 65"H. Consists of a 15"H clear or frosted, tempered safety glass insert. Glass frame is painted to match trim. Cannot stack on top of glass panels. Standard Top Cap Specified separately. It is possible to span multiple panels when the combined panel width is equal to the top cap width. Frameless Glass Top Cap Frameless glass insert integrated into the panel frame top cap. Replaces standard top cap. It is possible to span multiple frames when the combined frame width is equal to the panel mounted screen width. Cannot do variable height, must go on highest panel(s). Frameless Glass are non structural. Available in clear or frosted glass and heights of 7.5" or 15". Made with 3 8" thick laminated tempered safety glass. To be included in overall height of panel with a maximum combined height of 80". Door Panel Frame The 80"H door panel frame includes 42"W frame, 36"W laminate door. Door panel frame comes with hinges and attaching hardware. Immediate adjacent panels must be equal in height to the door panel frame. Lockset with knob or lever ordered separately. Sliding Doors and Mounting Kits Sliding doors are available in 50"H, 65"H, and 80"H. Sliding door covers a 36" wide opening. See illustration and specification information on page "Working with Sliding Doors" on page 78. PREFIX Top Cap REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE STORAGE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 77

78 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Working with Sliding Doors Sliding doors for PREFIX are a great addition to any new or existing installations. The sliding door can be specified with specific mounting kits for each door ordered. With a Frosted Translucent insert and your choice of Core or Select paint, the sliding door will create a unique look for any office environment. The sliding doors are available in 50", 65", and 80"H models and can mount to 30", 36", 42", and 48"W panels. They accommodate a 36"W opening and are 42"W, nominally. The door ships from the factory non-handed and can be installed in either right or left handed applications. The handle pulls located on each side of the door are non-locking and are color matched to the trim to create a uniform style. And with the threshold free design, the sliding door offers better aesthetics and safety by eliminating the potential for tripping. General Guidelines for Use of Sliding Door The system requires the ordering of both a door and a mounting bracket kit. All doors are 42" wide to accommodate a 36"W opening and are non-handed. Door leveling is dependant on floor being level. A mounting bracket kit must be ordered for each door corresponding to the mounting panels width (30", 36", 42", or 48"W). Mounting bracket kits are system specific and for PREFIX. General Guidelines for Layout Planning of Sliding Door Stability guidelines must be followed when specifying a sliding door. The sliding door system was designed to close an opening in a run of lateral panels. Doors mounted to long runs of panels without floor support, ties to worksurfaces, or return panels may seem less stable. If the door is used to close an opening (A) where the panel opposite the door is at 90, there will be a gap equal to the panel thickness between the door and the panel end when closed. When planning the layout, care must be taken if the plan includes a door mounted on a panel that is less than 42"W. If the panel is at a corner (B), the door will protrude into the aisle or next workstation when in the open position. If back-to-back doors are mounted on panels (C) that are less than 42"W they will interfere with each if both are open at the same time. The door is attached at the base of the panel at any end position with a wrap around bracket. Bracket kits are ordered in conjunction with appropriate end trim profiles. The slots at the base of the panel must be clear (D) and cannot be utilized by worksurface supports or panel hung components. If the door is mounted to a panel run that is positioned adjacent to a wall (E) or an inside 90 angle and there is not a 42" clearance between the track and the wall/ inside 90 the assembly of the first stop will be difficult and plans will need to be modified for the assembly. If a door is closing an opening of a workstation that includes a "T" connector in the opposite wall, an extended straight connector may need to be used to maintain the 36" required opening. The slide door is designed to be attached to an end of run panel only. The slide door should not be specified to a panel that is connected on both ends, regardless if one of those ends is connecting to a connector kit. Failure abide by this rule will result in a failure to install the door. 78 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

79 SIN PREFIX Building Vertically with PREFIX Panels Building Horizontally with PREFIX Panels Method 1 Opposing Returns W Method 2 Single-Sided Returns Important planning guidelines: For adequate stability, one of two methods of stabiliza tion must be adhered to: Stacking Frame Connection Glazed panels only in top position Method 1 Opposing returns A parent run must be a minimum of 48" and a maximum of 144" between return panels. The parent run must have a minimum of two 24"W return panels running in opposing directions on each end of run. Return panels must not be any more than 30" shorter in height than parent run. Any panel run greater than 60" is considered a spine. Method 1 Parent Run Length Minimum Return Panels Minimum Return Panel Widths with Stack-ons 48"-108" 20" 20" 114"-144" 24" 24" Sliding doors are available in 50"H, 65"H, and 80"H. Method 2 Single sided returns A parent run must be a minimum of 48" and a maximum of 144" between return panels. Return panels must not be any more than 30" shorter in height than parent run. When using 120 connections, 12" must be added to the combined length of return panels as determined by methods 1 and 2. Any run under 84" must have a minimum combined length of 60" of return panels. Any panel run greater than 60" is considered a spine. Method 2 Parent Run Length Minimum Return Panels Total (X+Y) Minimum Return Panel Total (X+Y) with Stack-ons 48"-108" 84" 84" 114"-144" 84" 96" X Y REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 79

80 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE L 90-Degree X 4-Way Example 1 Connectors required: 1 50"H T 1 15"H VH 50"H T 3-Way 35"H In variable height T connections as shown above, you would use the connectors as indicated. Example 2 Connectors required: 1 65"H X 1 15"H VH "H VH 1 30"H VH "H 50"H 65"H 35"H Example 3 Connectors required: 1 65"H L 65"H Panel 65"H Base connectors (includes base pathway) must be specified at base regardless of full height or segmented connection. Example 4 Inline Connector Kit 65"H 1 15"H Stacking Panels 50"H Panel Frame M-PFXC-15HL P3CONVH15 50"H M-PFXC-65L P3CONL65 Example above represents PREFIX variable height connection for 65"H to 50"H. Example 5 Extended Straight S Connector Kit Connectors and Trim Inline Connector Kit Inline connections between panels in a continuous run are accomplished with an inline connector kit. There is no incremen tal increase in dimension along the run. Inline connector kits include all parts required for connecting two panels of same height together. Kit includes inline connector strap, hardware, and glide tower to glide tower screw. Order panel end trim kits to finish the end of every panel run (except when attaching panels to permanent walls). L, T, X, and S Connector Kits "L", "T", and "X" connector kits are used when connecting panels at intersecting runs. For "L", "T", and "X" connector kits, add 2 ¼" to the total length of the panel run for each intersection, whether located in the middle or at the end of the run. transition piece, connectors, vertical cover(s), and attaching hardware. Extended straight connector kit "S" can be used to keep continuous runs dimensionally consistent with opposing panel runs which incorporate "T" or "X" intersections. Add 2 ¼" to the length of the run for every extended straight connector used. Multiple-Height Connections Multiple-height connections also utilize standard L, T, X, and S connectors, in the height of the tallest panel. (See examples 1-4 at left.) Panel End Trim End vertical trim cover (includes top cap adds 3 8" to run). Order to finish the end of every panel run (except when attaching panels to permanent walls). Variable Height Connector Kits Post Trim connectors, vertical cover, and attaching hardware. Order one per each panel height change in an L, T, X, or S. Inline Variable Height End Trim Finish Kits connectors, vertical cover, and attaching hardware. High low H covers the exposed end of a panel when joining panels in line of differing heights. Order one per each panel height change in an in line connection. See example 5 for application. Wall Mount Kits Wall mount kits provide a means to affix a panel run to a permanent building wall. top cap. (Color must be specified.) Connector adds 1" to length of panel run. Anchor devices are not supplied with the wall mount kit. Refer to PREFIX Installation Instructions for appropriate hardware. 80 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

81 SIN PREFIX REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 81

82 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE PREFIX Panels Monolithic Raceway *Available in fabric options 35" High 42" High 50" High 65" High 50" High 65" High Doors Sliding Door Worksurfaces Rectangular Hinge Door Worksurface Edge Option 15" Segmented Raceway Glass Upper *Available in fabric base Connector Posts Available in straight, extended straight, 2-Way 90º L, 3-Way T, 4-Way "X" and 120 degree Glass and Fabric Stackers 15" Glass Stacker 30" Glass Stacker Radius Front L-Return Straight Front Corner Radius Front Corner Grand Peninsula Radius End Peninsula 90º Corner Countertop Wedge Straight Countertop P Shaped Peninsula (Right Hand Shown) Transitional Frameless Glass Half-Round Extension 120 Degree Worksurface 15" Fabric Stacker Edgeband (solid) 82 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

83 INCLUDE Open Credenza SIN Pedestal Files - Available in File/File or Box/Box/File Options PREFIX R-Pull Accessory Rail A-Pull Systems Pedestal File Mobile Pedestal with Seat Cushion Personal Storage - Available in R-Pull and A-Pull Options Lateral Files Bookcases Accessories Lateral File Laminate Top Personal Storage Tower Personal Storage Center End Tower with Bookcase Storage Cabinet Letter Tray Diagonal Tray Personal Shelf Binder Bin File Pocket Paper Clip Tray Tool Box Paper Clip Monitor Arms Dual Monitor Arms Task Lights Desk Lamps Keyboard Trays CPU Holder Electrical Receptacle Overhead Cabinets and Shelves Painted Door *Available with Easy-Assist Option Hinged Door Overfile Cabinet Sliding Steel Door INCLUDE low storage Ready-to-Assemble Cabinet Foot Rest REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Straight Shelf Ready-to-Assemble Shelf Upmount Kit *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 83

84 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical PREFIX Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. LIST $ SINGLE $33, PACK $66, PACK $132, PACK $265,440 : Core Finishes Applied 10' x 11' PREFIX Private Office MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-FMED Single Flat Screen ED Monitor Arm 1 $760 M-PFXS-1542F Prefix Fabric Stacker 15Hx42W 4 $2,196 M-ACC-LLCP Lift and Lock Articulating Arm & Platform 1 $671 M-PFXS-1542G Prefix Glass Stacker 15Hx42W 1 $707 M-ACCRAIL42 Universal Accessory Rail 42W 1 $247 M-PFXTC24 Prefix Panel Top Cap 24"W 2 $88 M-DOORLEVER Hinged Door Lock Set Kit - Polished Silver Lever 1 $387 M-PFXTC30 Prefix Panel Top Cap 30"W 2 $110 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-PFXTC36 Prefix Panel Top Cap 36"W 4 $284 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-PFXTC42 Prefix Panel Top Cap 42"W 6 $498 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-UOSS42 Univ Open Straight Shelf 42W 1 $317 M-EH24 Standard Single Block Duplex Harness 24W 1 $214 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-EH42 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 42W 1 $275 M-USOH1542H Univ OH Cab 15Hx42W Hinged Pnt Door 1 $1,265 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-SEMU504 Guest Chair 2 $1,512 M-PFXC-80L Prefix L Connector 80H 4 $884 M-LF230-A Ridgeline Lateral- 2-Dwr 30W A-Pull 1 $1,539 M-PFXC-S Prefix Straight Connector Kit 10 $110 M-MDSL2429 Freestanding 24"Dx29"H Support Leg 1 $204 M-PFXDP8042P Prefix Door Panel 80Hx42W Non-Handed No Top Cap 1 $2,060 M-PPSC60 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" 1 $240 M-PFXM-6524FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx24W No TC 2 $1,246 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 1 $33 M-PFXM-6530FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx30W No TC 2 $1,318 M-PMEP24L Universal Worksurf End Panel Support 24D LH 1 $351 M-PFXM-6536FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx36W No TC 4 $2,808 M-URP3072 Univ Radius End Pen 30x72 1 $798 M-PFXM-6542FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx42W No TC 5 $3,660 M-URW2442 Univ Rec WS 24x42 1 $371 M-PFXS-1524F Prefix Fabric Stacker 15Hx24W 2 $878 M-URW2484 Univ Rec WS 24x84 1 $603 M-PFXS-1530G Prefix Glass Stacker 15Hx30W 2 $1,234 M-UWSKP Peninsula Worksurface Support Kit 1 $273 M-PFXS-1536F Prefix Fabric Stacker 15Hx36W 1 $510 M-UWSKR2 Rect Worksurface Suprt Kit up to 63L 1 $126 M-PFXS-1536G Prefix Glass Stacker 15Hx36W 3 $1,908 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $33, *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

85 SIN PREFIX Typical PREFIX Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. : Core Finishes Applied LIST $ SINGLE $15, PACK $30, PACK $60, PACK $121,544 6' x 6' PREFIX Station MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-FMED2 Dual Flat Screen ED Monitor Arm 1 $1,263 M-PFXM-5036FP Prefix Tackable Panel 50Hx36W No TC 3 $1,998 M-ACCRAIL36 Universal Accessory Rail 36W 1 $234 M-PFXM-5048FP Prefix Tackable Panel 50Hx48W No TC 1 $748 M-C1L Univ Cantilevered Worksurf Bracket LH 1 $65 M-PFXTC24 Prefix Panel Top Cap 24"W 2 $88 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 2 $66 M-PFXTC36 Prefix Panel Top Cap 36"W 3 $213 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-PFXTC48 Prefix Panel Top Cap 48"W 1 $91 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-PPBC2S Prepare 2-Stage C-Leg Elec Pow Base 2 legs 1 $2,913 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-PPHA4824 Prepare REC HA 48Wx24W 1 $468 M-EH36 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 36W 2 $524 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-SYP20B-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H BBF A-Pull 1 $649 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-URW2472 Univ Rec WS 24x72 1 $522 M-PFXC-50E Prefix Panel End Covers 50H 2 $182 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-PFXC-50L Prefix L Connector 50H 3 $522 M-USOH1536F Univ OH Cab 15Hx36W Flipper Pnt Door 1 $644 M-PFXC-S Prefix Straight Connector Kit 2 $22 M-USUM36 Univ OH Upmont 36W 1 $284 M-PFXM-5024FP Prefix Tackable Panel 50Hx24W No TC 2 $1,202 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $15,193 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 85

86 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical PREFIX Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. : Core Finishes Applied LIST $ SINGLE $8, PACK $17, PACK $34, PACK $69,904 4' x 5' PREFIX Station MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-LED1 Articulating LED Desk Lamp 1 $667 M-ICCAUC1824 Include 18Dx24W Credenza Cushion 1 $368 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-ICCBX224818RBFOMA Include 22Hx48Wx18D File/RH Open 1 $2,378 M-EH30 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 30W 1 $238 M-ICCRPB22L Include 22H (1.5H) Panel Bracket LH 1 $81 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-SCAW6524 Worksurface Stanchion O-Leg 24"Dx6.5"H 1 $231 M-PFXC-35E Prefix Panel End Covers 35H 2 $164 M-PPSC60 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" 1 $240 M-PFXC-S Prefix Straight Connector Kit 1 $11 M-SL2428O 24"Dx28"H O-Leg Support 1 $314 M-PFXFGS-0760 Prefix Frameless Glass Screen 7.5Hx60W 1 $684 M-SLPBR O-Leg Bracket for Panels RH 1 $89 M-PFXM-3530FP Prefix Tackable Panel 35Hx30W No TC 2 $994 M-URW2460 Univ Rec WS 24x60 1 $442 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $8, *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

87 SIN PREFIX Typical PREFIX Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminate and Paint finishes, Grade A Fabric and edgeband finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. LIST $ SINGLE $13, PACK $26, PACK $52, PACK $104,704 6' x 6' PREFIX Station : Core Finishes Applied MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-LLCP Lift and Lock Articulating Arm & Platform 1 $671 M-PFXM-6524FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx24W No TC 2 $1,246 M-ACCRAIL36 Universal Accessory Rail 36W 1 $234 M-PFXM-6536FP Prefix Tackable Panel 65Hx36W No TC 4 $2,808 M-CWB2 S1K Cantilever W/S Bracket Kit (2 pack) 2 $66 M-PFXTC24 Prefix Panel Top Cap 24"W 2 $88 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-PFXTC36 Prefix Panel Top Cap 36"W 4 $284 M-ED1 Duplex Outlet Circuit #1 1 $50 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-ED4 Duplex Outlet Circuit #4 - Isolated/Dedicated 1 $50 M-SYP20B-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H BBF A-Pull 1 $649 M-EH24 Standard Single Block Duplex Harness 24W 1 $214 M-SYP20F-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H FF A-Pull 1 $649 M-EH36 Standard Double Block Duplex Harness 36W 2 $524 M-ULRL Univ LH L-Return WS 24x36x72 1 $864 M-EPF2 Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle 1 $318 M-UOSS36 Univ Open Straight Shelf 36W 1 $312 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-URW2436 Univ Rec WS 24x36 1 $356 M-PFXC-65E Prefix Panel End Covers 65H 2 $202 M-USL30 Task Light 30W 1 $269 M-PFXC-65L Prefix L Connector 65H 3 $594 M-USOH1536F Univ OH Cab 15Hx36W Flipper Pnt Door 1 $644 M-PFXC-S Prefix Straight Connector Kit 2 $22 M-UWSKL L-Return Worksurface Support Kit 1 $166 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $13,088 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 87

88 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Standard Monolithic Tackable Fabric Panel Assembled panel. All fabric surfaces are tackable. Fabric for PREFIX panels is Railroad cut. For Connector Posts refer to pages For Electrical components refer to pages Top Cap ordered separately. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Standard Monolithic Tackable Fabric 35"H Standard Monolithic Tackable Fabric 42.5"H Standard Monolithic Tackable Fabric 50"H Standard Monolithic Tackable Fabric 65"H Grade A List PREFIX PANEL Grade B List M-PFXM-3520FP 35" 20" M-PFXM-3524FP 35" 24" M-PFXM-3530FP 35" 30" M-PFXM-3536FP 35" 36" M-PFXM-3542FP 35" 42" M-PFXM-3548FP 35" 48" M-PFXM-3560FP 35" 60" M-PFXM-3572FP 35" 72" M-PFXM-4220FP 42.5" 20" M-PFXM-4224FP 42.5" 24" M-PFXM-4230FP 42.5" 30" M-PFXM-4236FP 42.5" 36" M-PFXM-4242FP 42.5" 42" M-PFXM-4248FP 42.5" 48" M-PFXM-4260FP 42.5" 60" M-PFXM-4272FP 42.5" 72" M-PFXM-5020FP 50" 20" M-PFXM-5024FP 50" 24" M-PFXM-5030FP 50" 30" M-PFXM-5036FP 50" 36" M-PFXM-5042FP 50" 42" M-PFXM-5048FP 50" 48" M-PFXM-5060FP 50" 60" M-PFXM-5072FP 50" 72" M-PFXM-6520FP 65" 20" M-PFXM-6524FP 65" 24" M-PFXM-6530FP 65" 30" M-PFXM-6536FP 65" 36" M-PFXM-6542FP 65" 42" M-PFXM-6548FP 65" 48" M-PFXM-6560FP 65" 60" M-PFXM-6572FP 65" 72" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

89 SIN PREFIX Tackable Glass Panel Assembled panel with glass. Fabric for panels is Railroad cut. For Connector Posts refer to pages For Electrical components refer to pages Top Cap ordered separately. Cannot specify a glass stacker to be placed on top of this panel. Glass portion is 15"H regardless of panel size. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Tackable Glass Panel 50"H with 15"H Glass Tackable Glass Panel 65"H with 15"H Glass Grade A List Grade B List PREFIX GLAZED PANEL Frosted Glass List M-PFXH-5020FGP 50" 20" M-PFXH-5024FGP 50" 24" M-PFXH-5030FGP 50" 30" M-PFXH-5036FGP 50" 36" M-PFXH-5042FGP 50" 42" M-PFXH-5048FGP 50" 48" M-PFXH-5060FGP 50" 60" M-PFXH-5072FGP 50" 72" M-PFXH-6520FGP 65" 20" M-PFXH-6524FGP 65" 24" M-PFXH-6530FGP 65" 30" M-PFXH-6536FGP 65" 36" M-PFXH-6542FGP 65" 42" M-PFXH-6548FGP 65" 48" M-PFXH-6560FGP 65" 60" M-PFXH-6572FGP 65" 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 89

90 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 15" & 30" High Glass Stackers Assembled glass stacker Cannot double stack glass stackers. Glass Stackers will not support overhead storage. For Connector Posts refer to pages Top Cap ordered separately. Cannot be used on the tackable Glass Panel. Glass stacker must be installed in top portion. Only one 15" and 30" glass stacker can be used on a panel. All stackers must match the base panel width that it is installed on. Stackers cannot span across base panels. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Frosted Glass List Glass Stacker 15" H M-PFXS-1520G 15" 20" M-PFXS-1524G 15" 24" M-PFXS-1530G 15" 30" M-PFXS-1536G 15" 36" M-PFXS-1542G 15" 42" M-PFXS-1548G 15" 48" M-PFXS-1560G 15" 60" M-PFXS-1572G 15" 72" Glass Stacker 30" H M-PFXS-3020G 30" 20" M-PFXS-3024G 30" 24" M-PFXS-3030G 30" 30" M-PFXS-3036G 30" 36" M-PFXS-3042G 30" 42" M-PFXS-3048G 30" 48" M-PFXS-3060G 30" 60" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

91 SIN PREFIX 15" High Fabric Stackers (Tackable) Assembled fabric stacker Fabric for panels is Railroad cut. Fabric stackers will support overhead storage per overhead storage specifications on the lowest stacker. Cannot be used on the Tackable or Non-Tackable Glass Panel. Can stack up to 3 non-load-bearing stackers. Total panel height including stackers cannot exceed 80"H. Top Cap ordered separately. For Connector Posts refer to pages Cannot be stacked on top of a glass stacker. All stackers must match the base panel width that it is installed on. Stackers cannot span across base panels. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Fabric Stacker 15"H (tackable) PREFIX Panel Top Cap Top Cap To be used on panels and stackers Grade A List Grade B List M-PFXS-1520F 15" 20" M-PFXS-1524F 15" 24" M-PFXS-1530F 15" 30" M-PFXS-1536F 15" 36" M-PFXS-1542F 15" 42" M-PFXS-1548F 15" 48" M-PFXS-1560F 15" 60" M-PFXS-1572F 15" 72" Description Model W Wt. Cubes List PREFIX Top Cap PREFIX Panel Top Cap M-PFXTC20 20" M-PFXTC24 24" M-PFXTC30 30" M-PFXTC36 36" M-PFXTC42 42" M-PFXTC48 48" M-PFXTC60 60" M-PFXTC72 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 91

92 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Frameless Glass Frameless Glass stacker. Side caps. Prefix Frameless glass must be used on the tallest panel - cannot be used in variable height applications. Frameless glass can span multiple panels. Unit itself serves as the top cap. Top cap does not need to be ordered. Can not be used on Glass Stacker or Glass Panels. Can be used as a marker board on both sides. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Frosted Glass List Frameless Glass, 7" height M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " Frameless Glass, 15" height M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " M-PFXFGS " *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

93 SIN PREFIX Sliding Door Sliding Door. Sliding Door Mounting Kit specified separately. Door available in Frosted Acrylic finish only. For attaching to 30", 36", 42" or 48" wide panels, order a Sliding Door Mounting Kit. The door must connect to a panel of equal or taller height. Door covers a 36" opening. 42"W door for a 36"W opening. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List PREFIX Sliding Door M-PFXSD " 42" Sliding Door Mounting Kit Sliding Door Mounting Kit Mounting kit width must match width of the panel it is mounting on. M-PFXSD " 42" M-PFXSD " 42" Description Model W Wt. Cubes List PREFIX sliding door mounting kit M-PFXSDKIT30 30" PREFIX sliding door mounting kit M-PFXSDKIT36 36" PREFIX sliding door mounting kit M-PFXSDKIT42 42" PREFIX sliding door mounting kit M-PFXSDKIT48 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 93

94 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Hinged Door Kits Door For use with 80" high PREFIX configuration panel height. Keyed alike option not available on door panels. Order door handle separately. Door is non-handed. For left of right hand: change to desired swing at time of installation. Top Cap ordered separately. 42"W door for 36"W opening. top view Right hand shown. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List PREFIX Door Panel - NO Top Cap M-PFXDP8042P 80" 42" Door Handle M-DOORLEVER Carpet Grippers Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Carpet Grippers (12 pk) Carpet Grippers (4 pk) M-AGC12 6" 8" M-AGC4 6" 8" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

95 SIN PREFIX Extended Straight Connector Connector post, post cap, 2 panel to post connectors and hardware. Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Connection post adds " to panel run. "L" Connector Connector post, post cap, 2 panel to post connectors and hardware. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Extended Straight Connector M-PFXC-35S 35" Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Connection post adds 2 1 4" to panel run M-PFXC-42S 42" M-PFXC-50S 50" M-PFXC-57S 57" M-PFXC-65S 65" M-PFXC-72S 72" M-PFXC-80S 80" Description Model H Wt. Cubes List "L" Connector M-PFXC-35L 35" M-PFXC-42L 42" M-PFXC-50L 50" M-PFXC-57L 57" M-PFXC-65L 65" M-PFXC-72L 72" M-PFXC-80L 80" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 95

96 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE "T" Connector Connector post, post cap, 3 panel to post connectors and hardware. Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Connection post adds 2 1 4" to panel run "X" Connector Connector post, post cap, 4 panel to post connectors and hardware. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List "T" Connector M-PFXC-35T 35" Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Connection post adds 2 1 4" to panel run M-PFXC-42T 42" M-PFXC-50T 50" M-PFXC-57T 57" M-PFXC-65T 65" M-PFXC-72T 72" M-PFXC-80T 80" Description Model H Wt. Cubes List "X" Connector M-PFXC-35X 35" M-PFXC-42X 42" M-PFXC-50X 50" M-PFXC-57X 57" M-PFXC-65X 65" M-PFXC-72X 72" M-PFXC-80X 80" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

97 SIN PREFIX PREFIX 120 Degree 2-Way Connector Connector post, 120 post cap, 2 panel to post connectors and hardware. Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 35H M-PFXC-35V 35" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 42.5H M-PFXC-42V 42.5" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 50H M-PFXC-50V 50" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 57.5H M-PFXC-57V 57.5" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 65H M-PFXC-65V 65" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 72H M-PFXC-72V 72" Prefix 120 Degree 2-Way Connector 80H M-PFXC-80V 80" PREFIX 120 Degree 3-Way Connector Connector post, 120 post cap, 3 panel to post connectors and hardware. Specify post height as height of tallest panel at the connection. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 35H M-PFXC-35Y 35" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 42.5H M-PFXC-42Y 42.5" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 50H M-PFXC-50Y 50" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 57.5H M-PFXC-57Y 57.5" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 65H M-PFXC-65Y 65" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 72H M-PFXC-72Y 72" Prefix 120 Degree 3-Way Connector 80H M-PFXC-80Y 80" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 97

98 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Straight Connector Kit Panel-to-panel connector and hardware Panel End Covers End trim, connector, hardware and end trim clips. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Straight Connector Kit M-PFXC-S Specify cover height as height of tallest panel at the end. EXCLUDED Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Panel End Covers M-PFXC-35E 35" M-PFXC-42E 42" M-PFXC-50E 50" M-PFXC-57E 57" M-PFXC-65E 65" M-PFXC-72E 72" M-PFXC-80E 80" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

99 SIN PREFIX Panel Wall Mount Kit Wall mount, wall mount top cap, panel to wall mount connector and hardware. Specify wall mount height to match panel height. Connection post adds 1" to panel run. One Wall Mount Kit per panel. Panel Wall Strip Kit Wall mount and hardware. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Panel Wall Mount Kit M-PFXC-35W 35" M-PFXC-42W 42" M-PFXC-50W 50" M-PFXC-57W 57" M-PFXC-65W 65" M-PFXC-72W 72" M-PFXC-80W 80" Available in 65" height. M-PFXC-65YEB is a pair of ends. M-PFXC-65YM is the middle unit. All wall track system worksurfaces must be floor supported by an end panel, pedestal or lateral file, with one floor support at each end of the worksurface run and a maximum spacing of 8' between floor supports. Not recommended for masonry. Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Panel Wall Mount Kit M-PFXC-65YEB 65" M-PFXC-65YM 65" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 99

100 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Variable Height Connector Kit Connector, trim and hardware. Use for X, T or L variable height panel connections. In-Line Variable Height Finishing Kit Trim cap, trim and hardware Description Model H Wt. Cubes List Variable Height Connector Kit Use for in-line variable height panel connections. M-PFXC-07HL 7.5" M-PFXC-15HL 15" M-PFXC-22HL 22" M-PFXC-30HL 30" Description Model H Wt. Cubes List In-Line Variable Height Finishing Kit M-PFXC-07HLS 7.5" M-PFXC-15HLS 15" M-PFXC-22HLS 22" M-PFXC-30HLS 30" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

101 SIN PREFIX Electrical Specification Information Base pathway accommodates power and lay-in capacity for data and communication. Electrical pass thru harnesses have capacity for one duplex receptacle per panel side. Electrical power harness accepts up to 2 duplex receptacles per panel side (24"W limited to 1) at base pathway. Integrated power pole accommodates power in feed and communication/ data lines. Fiber optic cables can follow 90 turns at the intersection of panel runs. Ceiling in-feed connects to building electrical supply. Ceiling in-feed can also be used at the bottom to feed up into panel where permitted by codes. This in feed can be prewired before panels are installed. M-EPF3 in-feed must be installed in panel before connecting to building wiring. Power blocks snap into base pathway horizontal frame members and accept duplex receptacles. Base pathway power in feed mounts into any receptacle position in the base pathway area and is connected to the building electrical supply. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 101

102 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Byrne Electrical System Capabilities PREFIX features a Byrne 4-circuit/8-wire modular power distribution system. The standard power configuration provides three utility circuits, which share a common Neutral and Ground, plus an isolated/dedicated fourth circuit, with an independent Neutral and Ground. As an option, the system can also provide 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated circuits. The power distribution system provides access to multiple electrical outlets and circuits within the same panel. The standard power distribution through the base-level raceway can branch electrical service up to the work surface level as needed. Each electrical circuit is rated 120volts/20amp. Up to four 20 Amp circuits may be accessed from a 3-phase power source, and up to three circuits may be used with a single-phase source. The electrical system is UL LISTED. NOTE ON THE SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS The Maxon 4-Circuit/8-Wire power system conforms to National Electrical Code requirements. However, some variations may exist in the local authority of electrical code standards. The specifier or user is responsible for confirming code standard compliance in these locations before specification and ordering. The availability of power components and systems does not constitute local code approved by Maxon Furniture Inc. All electrical installation work on Maxon power systems should be done under the supervision of a licensed electrician or approved electrical contractor. Guidelines For Byrne Electrical Specification 1. Consult with the electrician and computer support staff to determine the electrical option you will be using: 3 utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2. Determine the locations, quantities and circuits of the duplex outlets. 3. Determine the requirements (if any) for isolated/dedicated circuits. 4. Specify the appropriate double block, single block and pass-thru power harnesses. Harness widths must correspond to the applicable panel width. The integrated panel-to-panel power jumper cable stretches approximately 3" to transverse 2-way 180 S, 2-way 90 L, 3-way T, and 4-way X connections. 5. Determine the location, quantity and type of power source feed(s) needed. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK CIRCUIT 1 3 utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit is the standard configuration of the EMERGE electrical system. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT - 1 NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT - 1 CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 ISOLATED CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuits provide the convenience of ample utility power with an additional isolated circuit for more extensive computer applications. 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 102 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

103 SIN PREFIX Maximum Receptacle Capacity In Panel Raceway Width Max 1 Duplex receptacle per panel side Max 2 Duplex receptacles per panel side 24" 30" and wider Various Electrical Layouts PREFIX "T"connection When ending power in two return panels, wiring pigtails must be returned to original panel run. 77 cables PREFIX To power a 3-Way panel connection, specify at least one double-block harness. 2" Model M-PFXC-78P 2" PREFIX "X"connection To power a 4-Way panel connection from one direction, specify at least two double block harness. Lay-in Cable Capacity In Panel Raceway The base pathway allow continuous voice and data lines to run through and between panels without interruption. Lay-in is provided for environments where systems furniture of cabling are subject to frequent change. PREFIX base pathway accepts up to 77 voice/data cables (.25" dia.) (6.27 sq. in.) at 60% fill. When electrical system shares base pathway, the cable capacity in PREFIX is reduced to 25 cables (2.03 sq. in.). Cable capacity of the PREFIX power pole is 3.3 sq. in. for a total capacity of 34 cables of.25" diameter. Cables can enter/exit panel through underside of base pathway or frames. Note: Cable quantities listed are at 60% fill ratio. 25 cables REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 103

104 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Byrne Power-In Wiring M-EPF2 - (72" Long) For use in all Maxon Panel Systems to connect system from a building junction box. It also enters into a panel from the right or left (it pivots) and must mount in to an M-EH model number (Electrical Wiring Harness) or an M-EPS model number (Single Block). M-EPF3 - (168" Long) For use in all Maxon Panel Systems. M-EPF3 connects to building junction box and poles. Can be used with desk height power applications for a 12' ceiling. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages M-EPF2 Description Model Wt. List Power In-Feed through Side Receptacle (72') M-EPF Power In-Feed through End or Power Pole (Ceiling-168") M-EPF Byrne Electrical Double Block Harness Built-in Jumper. When using M-EH Series Harnesses for duplex outlet capabilities in panels, please specify the corresponding length of harness to match the panel width. All outlet placements are 12" from the edge of the panel. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages When specifying for GSA applications, add suffix (G) and reference list price GSA (G). Standard model without suffix (G) is not on GSA Contract (NOC). Description Model W Wt. List List GSA (G) Single Block Duplex Harness 24W M-EH24 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 30W M-EH30 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 36W M-EH36 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 42W M-EH42 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 48W M-EH48 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 60W M-EH60 (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 72W M-EH72 (G) EXCLUDED 104 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

105 SIN PREFIX Byrne Electrical Pass-Thru Harness Allows you to take power through a panel raceway. Duplex outlets cannot be used with M-EP Pass-Thru wiring. EPS Single-Block Pass-Thru wiring will allow the use of one outlet per panel side. Pass-Thru wiring runs from 10" inside on panels, through the connection and 10" into the next panel in the run. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages Byrne Electric Duplex Outlet Receptacle Description Model Wt. List Pass-Thru Harness M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP M-EP EPS Single Block Pass-Thru wiring will allow the use of one outlet per panel side. Description Model Wt. List Single-Block Pass-Thru Harness M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS M-EPS Available with 3 integrated circuits 1, 2, or 3 (M-ED1, M-ED2, M-ED3) and 1 isolated circuit 4 (M-ED4) or 2 integrated circuits 1 and 2 (M-ED1, M-ED2) and 2 isolated circuits 3 and 4 (M-ED3D, M-ED4). Each duplex outlet receptacle is rated at 15 amps. Each circuit has a 20 amp maximum capacity (depending upon building wiring). Power-In Wiring (M-EPF2) plugs into Duplex Wiring Harness (M-EH or M-EPS) in place of a Duplex Outlet Receptacle. Duplex Outlets may be added at any time by removing the outlet cover plate and plugging the Duplex Outlet Receptacle into the Double or Single block harness. Isolated circuits are designated with an orange triangle. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on pages Description Model Wt. Cubes List Byrne Electric Duplex Outlet Circuit M-ED M-ED M-ED M-ED3D M-ED REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 105

106 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Telecommunication Receptacles Faceplates and Jacks available in black only. Byrne Chicago Outlet Box For hard wiring by an electrician to meet Chicago City Codes. Cannot be used back-to-back one Duplex per side, per panel. Byrne New York Junction Box Description Model Wt. List 3-Port Faceplate M-FP3RJ Port Faceplate M-FP4RJ Snap In Jack RJ11 Cat 3 M-SIJRJ Snap In Jack R45 Cat 5E M-SIJRJ Snap In Jack R45 Cat 6 M-SIJRJ456S Blank Faceplate Insert M-QPBLANK.1 12 Description Model Wt. Cubes List Chicago Outlet Box - Base Raceway M-ECH New York Junction Box provides special Power-In Wiring to meet New York City electrical code. Intended for use in 30" wide panel. Use in larger size panels would require modification by certified electrician at install. EXCLUDED Description Model Wt. List Power In-Feed NY Junction Box M-EPFX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

107 SIN PREFIX PREFIX Integrated Power Pole 78" High Power Pole and trim. The Integrated Power Pole stacks on a 2-Way, 3-Way or 4-Way Connector Post. Description Model Wt. Cubes List PREFIX Integrated Power Pole (For 42.5"H panels and greater) PREFIX Integrated Power Pole Panels-156"H Electrical Accessories M-PWRMOD - Color finishes available: Flint and White. M-COMDOME2 - Color finish available: Loft. All models come with 6' cord. M-PFXC-78P M-PFXC-156P Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD2UWM (Shown) 3 Receptacles Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD3UWM Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 2 Data Accessory M-COMDOME Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB M-PWRMOD2WC Receptacles (Shown) M-PWRMOD3WC REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 107

108 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Overhead Cabinets with Flipper Door Overhead cabinets. Core removable locks. Two keys and attaching brackets. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. Ball bearing Overhead Door slides. Door recedes over top of Overhead Cabinet. 60" W & 72"W Overhead Cabinets have 2 doors with locks. Please specify models specific to Panel Systems or Wall Mount applications. Refer to page 110 for keyed alike option. Can be off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted on base panel only. Add no more than one fabric stacker frame to any base panel. Ready-to-Assemble Overhead Cabinet Overhead cabinets Core removable locks. Two keys. Cabinet. Assembly hardware. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Flipper Painted Door - Panel Mount M-USOH1524F 15" 14.25" 24" M-USOH1530F 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536F 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542F 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548F 15" 14.25" 48" M-USOH1560F 15" 14.25" 60" M-USOH1572F 15" 14.25" 72" Flipper Easy Assist Painted Panel Mount M-USOH1524FE 15" 14.25" 24" M-USOH1530FE 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536FE 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542FE 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548FE 15" 14.25" 48" Flipper Painted Door - Wall Mount M-UWMSOH1524F 15" 14.25" 24" M-UWMSOH1530F 15" 14.25" 30" M-UWMSOH1536F 15" 14.25" 36" M-UWMSOH1542F 15" 14.25" 42" M-UWMSOH1548F 15" 14.25" 48" M-UWMSOH1560F 15" 14.25" 60" " and 72" wide cabinets have two doors with locks. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back. Does not come preassembled. Refer to page 110 for keyed alike option. Not off modular or up mounted. Can not be mounted off modular or up mounted. Add no more than one fabric stacker frame to any base panel. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Ready-to-Assemble Overhead Cabinet with Flipper Door M-USOC24R 15" 11.37" 24" M-USOC30R 15" 11.37" 30" M-USOC36R 15" 11.37" 36" M-USOC42R 15" 11.37" 42" M-USOC48R 15" 11.37" 48" M-USOC60R 15" 11.37" 60" M-USOC72R 15" 11.37" 72" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

109 SIN PREFIX Overhead Cabinets with Hinged Door Overhead cabinets. Core removable locks. Two keys. Attaching brackets. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. 24"-36" cabinets have 2 doors. 42"-48" have 4 doors. Refer to page 110 for keyed alike option. Can be mounted off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted on base panels only. Add no more than one fabric stacker frame to any base panel. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Hinged Painted Door - Panel Mount M-USOH1524H 15" 16" 24" M-USOH1530H 15" 16" 30" M-USOH1536H 15" 16" 36" M-USOH1542H 15" 16" 42" M-USOH1548H 15" 16" 48" Overhead Cabinets with Steel Sliding Door Overhead cabinets. Attaching brackets. Two keys. Overhead Cabinets have exposed back with backsplash. Can be mounted off modular up to 18". Can be up mounted on base panels only. Add no more than one fabric stacker frame to any base panel. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Steel Sliding Door M-USOH1524S 15" 14.25" 24" M-USOH1530S 15" 14.25" 30" M-USOH1536S 15" 14.25" 36" M-USOH1542S 15" 14.25" 42" M-USOH1548S 15" 14.25" 48" M-USOH1560S 15" 14.25" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 109

110 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Upmount Kits for Overheads Two upmount brackets. Full back panel. Required installation hardware. Allows mounting of an assembled overhead cabinet up to 15" above height of panel. Brackets require a clearance of 6 1 2" below bottom of overhead cabinet. Width must correspond with width of panel frame or two panel frames joined directly inline. Full back panels adds 1 2" to depth of overhead case. Full back panel only used when upmounting cabinet. Cannot be used with RTA models. Cannot be used on 35"H or "H base panels. For use on base panels only. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Up Mounted Overhead Kits M-USUM24 15" 14.25" 24" Overhead Cabinet Locks Each M-LC kit includes one core and core removal tool, two keys and instructions. M-USUM30 15" 14.25" 30" M-USUM36 15" 14.25" 36" M-USUM42 15" 14.25" 42" M-USUM48 15" 14.25" 48" M-USUM60 15" 14.25" 60" Order required quantity of M-LC Kits and specify key number between 101 and 225 for each keyed-alike group. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lock Core Kit M-LC Master Key (1) M-MK Example How To Specify: Ordering Example: item number M - L C key number E Lock Core shown in application. 110 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

111 SIN PREFIX Shelf Organizer Vertically divides and aligns books, magazines and folders. Fits all Universal Overhead Cabinets and Shelves. Not compatible with Overhead Cabinets with Sliding Doors. Ready-to-Assemble (RTA) Overhead Shelf Straight Shelf with Steel End Panels. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Shelf Organizer M-PSO Overhead Shelves have exposed back. Does not come preassembled. Add no more than one stacker frame to any base panel when mounting shelf. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount RTA Overhead Shelf M-USSC24R 5 5/8" 11.37" 24" Overhead Shelves Straight Shelf with Steel End Panels. Overhead Shelves are 8" High and 14" Deep. Overhead Shelves have exposed back with backsplash. Add no more than one stacker frame to any base panel when mounting shelf. M-USSC30R 5 5/8" 11.37" 30" M-USSC36R 5 5/8" 11.37" 36" M-USSC42R 5 5/8" 11.37" 42" M-USSC48R 5 5/8" 11.37" 48" M-USSC60R 5 5/8" 11.37" 60" M-USSC72R 5 5/8" 11.37" 72" Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Open Straight Shelf M-UOSS24 8" 14" 24" M-UOSS30 8" 14" 30" M-UOSS36 8" 14" 36" M-UOSS42 8" 14" 42" M-UOSS48 8" 14" 48" M-UOSS60 8" 14" 60" M-UOSS72 8" 14" 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 111

112 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb. Hanger bars. Light available in Black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Cord cover is metal construction. Specify paint finish option. 6 ft. cord. Description Wattage Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Task Light 24W or greater 15 M-USL24 2" 7" 18" Task Light 30W or greater 20 M-USL30 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater 30 M-USL42 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater 40 M-USL54 2" 7" 48.25" Task Light 24W or greater-fuse Plug 15 M-USL24FP 2" 7" 18.25" Task Light 30W or greater-fuse Plug 20 M-USL30FP 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater-fuse Plug 30 M-USL42FP 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater-fuse Plug 40 M-USL54FP 2" 7" 48.25" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM10 10" 2" 2" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM15 15" 2" 2" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM20 20" 2" 2" Universal Overhead Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb. 9 foot cord. 4 cord clips. Mounting bars. Light available in black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Excluded from GSA EXCLUDED Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Overhead Task Light 24W M-USLO24 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W M-USLO30 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W M-USLO42 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W M-USLO60 1.1" 3.7" 60" Universal Overhead Task Light 24W - Fuse Plug M-USLO24FP 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W - Fuse Plug M-USLO30FP 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W - Fuse Plug M-USLO42FP 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W - Fuse Plug M-USLO60FP 1.1" 3.7" 60" For other lighting options see the Accessories section. 112 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

113 SIN PREFIX Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories The Universal Panel Accessory rail is 5" high and provides a continuous full-width slot for mounting personal accessory components. Universal Panel Accessory rail can be mounted off modular up to 18". The rails are designed for use on panels only. Accessories can be used only on the Universal Accessory Rail. Diagonal trays are non-handed. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Accessory Rail M-ACCRAIL24 5".5" 24" M-ACCRAIL30 5".5" 30" M-ACCRAIL36 5".5" 36" M-ACCRAIL42 5".5" 42" M-ACCRAIL48 5".5" 48" M-ACCRAIL60 5".5" 60" Personal Shelf (21") M-PS " 7" 21" Letter Tray M-LT 1.7" 9" 13" Binder Bin M-SB 8.5" 5.2" Diagonal Tray - (Non-handed) (3) M-DT 8.5" 9.5" 4.5" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 113

114 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories Continued... Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List File Pocket M-FP 8.9" 12" Paper Clip M-CLIP2 1.9" 5" Small Paper Clip Tray M-SMTRAY 1.8" 6.8" Tool Box M-TB 5.25" 5" Panel Accessories Black paint only. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Coat Hook M-PMC *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

115 SIN PREFIX Universal Panel Mounted Whiteboard Panel mounted whiteboard. Marker tray. Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. This surface is a dry erase application. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 115

116 PREFIX SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Fabric Tackboard - Wall & Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B List Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

117 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Worksurfaces & Supports Edge Option Edgeband (E) Finished with clean and crisp edges with 1 8" radius edge corners. Edgeband countertops are 15½" deep. Special notes Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI/BIFMA standards. Pre-drilled pilot holes for bracket attachment ensure precision alignment. Corner worksurface with directional laminate will have diagonal grain orientation. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective as of January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 117

118 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurface Support Kits Worksurface Support Kits are used to support worksurfaces in a panel environment. Worksurface Support Kits MUST be ordered separately from worksurface components. To simplify this process, new hardware kits have been created for each worksurface type to take the guess work out of ordering mounting components. Please refer to the examples below for how to specify Worksurface Support Kits. Reference pages for what components are included in each kit. Using Worksurface Support Kits vs A-la-Carte Worksurface Support Specification: Worksurface supports can either be ordered as a complete kit (see preceding Worksurface Support Kits Chart to determine correct Kit Model #), or can be specified as separate components to customize individual workstations. R2 R3 R3 Kit (M-UWSKR3) This kit comes with the following models: (1) M-C1L, Left Hand Cantilever (2) MC1R, Right Hand Cantilever (1) M-DAB1, Worksurface Attaching Bracket R2 Kit (M-UWSKR2) This kit comes with the following models: (1) M-C1L, Left Hand Cantilever (1) MC1R, Right Hand Cantilever (1) M-DAB1, Worksurface Attaching Bracket 36TC 50L 50X36T 50E C1L 36TC 50X36T IC 24x72 C1R 36TC 50X36T C1R 50L 50X36T 50E 36TC 118 *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

119 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 119

120 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurfaces are 1.184" thick with particle board core and with top surfaces finished in high-pressure laminate (HPL). Bottom surfaces are covered with a backer sheet. Worksurfaces can be panel hung or used in freestanding applications. Worksurfaces Optional wider width primary worksurfaces are available for use with Emerge and Prefix panel runs having a T or S connection upcharge applies. Rectangular worksurfaces over 36"W and corner coves have two grommets. 42"W and under rectangular worksurfaces and peninsulas have one grommet. Supports Worksurfaces can be configured at "H with end panel supports and in line support panels, or at various heights on 1" increments using specific product configurations. Worksurface support options include: End-panel supports In line support legs Support columns Cantilever brackets Worksurface bracket kits Flat brackets Freestanding pedestals Pedestal-to-panel attachment kit Desk-to-panel attachment kit Corner desk leg Support Guidelines for PREFIX Unsupported worksurface runs greater than 72" require floor support for improved stability. Worksurface bracket kit should be used to tie panels to worksurface for added stability. A panel run without a return needs a floor support. Unsupported HPL worksurface spans of 60"W-84"W require an external worksurface support channel. It is recommended for HPL spans 48"W-59"W. Modesty panels and appropriate supports are required to configure freestanding SURPASS desks. Maximum unsupported return panel width is 60" " Bridge and return kits Modesty panels Gussets Support Guidelines for EMERGE Unsupported worksurface runs greater than 72" require floor support for improved stability. Worksurface bracket kit should be used to tie panels to worksurface for added stability. A panel run without a return needs a floor support. Unsupported HPL worksurface spans of 60"W-84"W require an external worksurface support channel. It is recommended for HPL spans 48"W-59"W. Modesty panels and appropriate supports are required to configure freestanding SURPASS desks. Maximum unsupported return panel width is 72". 120 *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

121 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Worksurface Specifications Worksurfaces use 1.184" thick high-density particleboard. Top surfaces are high pressure laminate and the undersides have a moisture-resistant backing to prevent warping. Total thickness 1 3/16". Worksurfaces are available in Edgeband edge treatments (with a squared edge). Worksurfaces include 3 1/2" x 2" oval grommets with caps. Supports and modesty panels attached with wood screws. Meets or exceeds all ANSI-BIFMA standards. List price shown applies to laminates listed on the Maxon L1 and L2 laminate grades. Grommets location 6.36" from each side on 48" wide and greater worksurfaces. Primary Worksurfaces Primary worksurfaces are available in 20", 24", and 30" depths up to 90"W. Nominal worksurface width is equal to nominal panel width. Worksurfaces 60"+ require a cantilever bracket for center support in panel mounted applications. Specify 20" cantilever on 20"D and 24"D, and 24" cantilever on 30"D worksurfaces. Primary worksurfaces can be used with a modesty panel and appropriate supports to configure freestanding desk(s). Refer to Working With SURPASS. Transitional Worksurfaces Worksurfaces 60"+ require a 24" cantilever bracket for center support in panel mounted applications. External support channel can also be used. Corner Worksurfaces HPL corner worksurfaces with woodgrain laminate have grain direction diagonal to adjacent worksurfaces. 120 Corner Worksurfaces Standard with one wire management grommet in corner location. One corner bracket. L-Return Worksurfaces Can be used with a modesty panel and appropriate supports to configure freestanding desk(s). Refer to SURPASS. Worksurfaces 60"+ require a cantilever bracket for center support in panel mounted applications. Specify 20" cantilever on 24"D, and 24" cantilever on 30"D worksurfaces. External support channel can also be used. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 121

122 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurface Supports End Supports and Bracket Kits Levelers provide 1 1 2" vertical adjustment. Must be connected into panel slots for panel hung applications. Straight worksurfaces adjacent to 120 connections must be supported by full end-panels. 12"D end-panel models for use with D-shaped worksurfaces or curvilinear shaped worksurfaces in freestanding applications. Panel mounted end panel supports are ordered for right or left handed application. Support Legs and Bracket Kit Supports the junction of two worksurfaces. Non-handed for use at either end of worksurface. Provided with flat bracket. Worksurface in line support legs are used to support large worksurfaces both in a shared position or as middle support when used in conjunction with worksurface bracket. Levelers provide 1 1 2" vertical adjustment. Support Columns Used to support one end of curvilinear worksurfaces. All peninsula worksurfaces require sup port columns (ordered separately). column, worksurface bracket kit, attaching hardware, and adjustable glides. Cantilever Brackets handed Cantilever brackets are left or right handed. No assembly required. They can be inserted into panel reveals in 1" vertical increments. One size is used for both 24" and 30"D worksurfaces. 20"D cantilever are for use with 20"D worksurfaces and to support 24"D worksurfaces 60"+ that require a cantilever bracket for center support in panel mounted applications. Both left and right brackets are required in shared applications. EMERGE with runs 84" or less avoid installation on only one side of a straight connection except to support corner worksurfaces. Floor support is required for runs greater than 84". PREFIX with runs 72" or less avoid installation on only one side of a straight connection except to support corner worksurfaces. Floor support is required for runs greater than 72". Cantilevers can and should still be used in the middle of a worksurface run 72"W or less for proper support and to help prevent worksurface bowing. DO NOT position at the end of a panel run. DO NOT use to support worksurfaces from which a peninsula worksurface is attached. DO NOT use cantilever brackets to support worksurfaces supported with permanent-wall hanger kit. External Support Channel Is required on a systems worksurface for additional support for spans greater than 60". Width of worksurface span can be reduced by using support storage. Extends 1 1 2" below the worksurface. When using 28"H mobile pedestals the length of support channel needs to be reduced to accommodate width of the pedestal. Support channel may interfere with mounting of some CPU holders and keyboard supports. Sitting Height Universal Post Leg Used to support one end of curvilinear worksurfaces. All peninsula worksurfaces require sup port columns (ordered separately). Can be used to support a freestanding desk. Standing Height Universal Post Leg Used to support one end of curvilinear worksurfaces. All peninsula worksurfaces require sup port columns (ordered separately). Can be used when the other side of the surface is attached to a panel. 122 *Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

123 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Using Cantilevers on PREFIX Worksurface runs greater than 72" require floor support. Example: support pedestal or support leg. When the panel width matches the worksurface depth, worksurface brackets should be used at the end of runs. Cantilevers can and should still be used in the middle of a worksurface run 72" or less for proper support and to help prevent worksurface bowing. See examples below. Example A: Cantilevers are allowed because worksurface is not greater than 72"W. 50L 50X42T C1L 50E 50X48T Cantilever Brackets 30x48 C1R 50L 50X42T 50E 30"D x 48"W Worksurface and 42"W Return Panels Example C: Cantilevers are used at both ends of 84" run. Support leg is used at center of run. Example D: Worksurface bracket kits are used at the end of runs where panel widths match worksurface depths. Cantilevers are used where worksurface depth does not match panel width and for center support on worksurface runs that are not greater than 72"W. For worksurface runs greater than 72"W floor support is required. 50L 50X30T 50L 50X42T CWB2 50E C1L 50E Example B: Cantilevers are allowed because worksurface run is not greater than 72"W. 50L 50X42T C1L 50E 50X48T 50X42T 30x66 50X36T IC SL 30"D Worksurfaces and 30"W Return Panels C1R 30x72 IC SL 30x84 IC 50X48T FB30 C1L C1R 30x72 50E 50X36T 50X42T CWB2 50X30T C1R 30"D x 72"W Worksurface and 42"W Return Panels Support Leg Cantilever Bracket 30"D Worksurface and 42"W Return Panels Support Leg Worksurface Bracket Kit Cantilever Brackets Flat Bracket Cantilever Bracket Cantilever Brackets Worksurface Bracket Kit C1R IC 50L 50X42T 50E 50L 50X42T 50E 50L 50X36T 50X36T 50L REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 123

124 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Rectangular Worksurface: Edgeband Rectangular Worksurface. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Worksurfaces 54" or above require middle support unless specified with an external support channel. Any worksurface spanning longer than 72 requires floor support. Grommets are located 6.36" from outer edges 48" and greater. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-URW2448N W D Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List With Grommets Rectangular Worksurface, 20"D M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" M-URW " 78" M-URW " 84" M-URW " 90" Rectangular Worksurface, 24"D M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" M-URW " 78" M-URW " 84" M-URW " 90" Rectangular Worksurface, 30"D M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" M-URW " 78" M-URW " 84" M-URW " 90" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

125 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Extended Rectangular Worksurface: Edgeband Rectangular Worksurface. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Worksurfaces 54" or above require middle support unless specified with an external support channel. Any worksurface spanning longer than 72 requires floor support. Grommets are located 6.36" from outer edges 48" and greater. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-FTRW2426N W Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Emerge T-Span Worksurface, 24"D Prefix T-Span Worksurface, 24"D D With Grommets M-FTRW " 26" M-FTRW " 32" M-FTRW " 38" M-FTRW " 44" M-FTRW " 50" M-FTRW " 56" M-FTRW " 62" M-FTRW " 68" M-PXRW " 26" M-PXRW " 32" M-PXRW " 38" M-PXRW " 44" M-PXRW " 50" M-PXRW " 56" M-PXRW " 62" M-PXRW " 68" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 125

126 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Wedge Worksurface: Edgeband Wedge Worksurface. Grain Direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Worksurfaces 54" or above require middle support unless specified with an external support channel. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-UTWD482024N DL Description W User Edge Wedge Worksurface 20"L / 24"R Wedge Worksurface 24"L / 20"R Model DR Depth L Depth R User Edge W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List With Grommets M-UTWD " 24" 52" M-UTWD " 24" 58" M-UTWD " 24" 64" M-UTWD " 24" 70" M-UTWD " 24" 76" M-UTWD " 20" 52" M-UTWD " 20" 58" M-UTWD " 20" 64" M-UTWD " 20" 70" M-UTWD " 20" 76" Wedge Worksurface 24"L / 30"R M-UTWD " 30" 52" M-UTWD " 30" 58" M-UTWD " 30" 64" M-UTWD " 30" 70" M-UTWD " 30" 76" Wedge Worksurface 30"L / 24"R M-UTWD " 24" 52" M-UTWD " 24" 58" M-UTWD " 24" 64" M-UTWD " 24" 70" M-UTWD " 24" 76" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

127 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Straight-Front Corner Worksurface: Edgeband Straight-Front Corner Worksurface. Rear support bracket. D User Edge W Grain direction runs diagonally along worksurface (directional laminates only). Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-USCW2436N Description Model Depth User Edge W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List With Grommet Straight Front Corner, 24" Depth M-USCW " 17" 36" M-USCW " 25" 42" M-USCW " 22" 48" Straight Front Corner, 30" Depth M-USCW " 17" 42" M-USCW " 25" 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 127

128 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Radius-Front Corner Worksurface: Edgeband Radius-Front Corner Worksurface. Rear support bracket. DL Radius Grain direction runs diagonally along worksurface (directional laminates only). Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-URCW2436N Description Model Depth Radius W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Radius Front Corner, 24" Depth Radius Front Corner, 30" Depth W DR With Grommet M-URCW " 11" 36" M-URCW " 17" 42" M-URCW " 17" 48" M-URCW " 11" 42" M-URCW " 17" 48" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

129 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Radius-Front L-Return Worksurface: Edgeband Radius-Front L-Return Worksurface. Rear support bracket. Grain direction runs along length of worksurface (directional laminates only). Worksurfaces 54" or above require middle support unless specified with an external support channel. Any worksurface spanning longer than 72 requires floor support. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-ULRL243660N D Radius Description Model D Radius W L Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List L-Return Worksurface Left-Hand, 24"D, 36"W L-Return Worksurface Left-Hand, 24"D, 48"W L-Return Worksurface Right-Hand, 24"D, 36"W L-Return Worksurface Right-Hand, 24"D, 48"W L D W Left-Handed Shown With Grommets M-ULRL " 11" 36" 60" M-ULRL " 11" 36" 72" M-ULRL " 17" 48" 60" M-ULRL " 17" 48" 72" M-ULRR " 11" 36" 60" M-ULRR " 11" 36" 72" M-ULRR " 17" 48" 60" M-ULRR " 17" 48" 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 129

130 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Radius End Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband Radius End Peninsula Worksurface. Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Unsupported spans 54" or greater requires an external support channel. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-URP3060N Cannot be used freestanding - must be connected to a panel or return surface. W Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Radius End Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D Radius End Peninsula Worksurface, 36"D D With Grommet M-URP " 60" 63" M-URP " 66" 72" M-URP " 72" 80" M-URP " 60" 75" M-URP " 66" 80" M-URP " 72" 89" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

131 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS "P" Shaped Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband D "P" Shaped Peninsula Worksurface. right-hand shown Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Unsupported spans 54" or greater requires an external support channel. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-UPPL3072N Cannot be used as freestanding - must be connected to a panel or return surface. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Left-Hand P-Shaped Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D Right-Hand P-Shaped Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D W 42" diameter With Grommet M-UPPL " 72" M-UPPR " 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 131

132 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Grand Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband Grand Peninsula Worksurface. left-hand shown Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Unsupported spans 54" or greater requires an external support channel. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-UGPL244866N Does not include rear corner support bracket. Cannot be used as freestanding - must be connected to a panel or return surface. Description Model D W L Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Left-Hand Grand Peninsula Worksurface Right-Hand Grand Peninsula Worksurface L D W With Grommet M-UGPL " 48" 66" M-UGPL " 48" 72" M-UGPR " 48" 66" M-UGPR " 48" 72" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

133 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Half Round Extension Worksurface: Edgeband Half Round Extension Worksurface. For use at the end of a panel run for fixed or mobile applications. Grain direction runs perpendicular to back edge of worksurface (directional laminates only). Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Prefix Half Round Extension 24" M-PXHR24 24" 30" Prefix Half Round Extension 30" M-PXHR30 30" 36" Emerge Half Round Extension 24" M-FTHR24 24" 30" Emerge Half Round Extension 30" M-FTHR30 30" 36" Radius Connecting Top. D W Radius Connecting Worksurface Top: Edgeband Grain direction is diagonal (45º) (directional laminates only). Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Prefix Radius Connecting Worksurface M-PXCR24 24" 26" Emerge Radius Connecting Worksurface M-FTCR24 24" 26" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 133

134 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 120 Degree Corner Worksurface - Edgeband 120 Degree Corner Worksurface Corner bracket. Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Standard with one wire management grommet in corner location. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommet, no upcharge. Example: M-UYCW2430N Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List With Grommet 120 Worksurface, 24"D M-UYCW " 30" M-UYCW " 36" M-UYCW " 42" M-UYCW " 48" Pie 60 Degree Radius Connecting Worksurface Pie 60 Degree Radius Connecting Worksurface Corner bracket. Used as a transitional worksurface with 120 Corner Worksurfaces. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Pie 60 Radius Connecting Worksurface M-UWPR24 24" 24" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

135 SIN WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Countertops Countertops provide a functional transactional worksurface, while providing a visual cue by physically defining a user and guest space. Maxon Countertops are offered in Edgeband. Countertops are 15½" deep and offer a crisp, clean look. Edge is available in coordinating woodgrain options. Corner (Edgeband) Straight Special on Maxon countertops Countertops are available in straight and corner configurations. Countertops are flush with the ends of panel top cap. Emerge Countertops Mounting brackets, top cap, and attaching hardware included. When ordering Countertops match panel widths to cover the panel run. Prefix Countertops Mounting brackets and attaching hardware ordered separately. Model M-P51500 brackets are for 35"H or 50"H panels. Model M-P brackets are for 42-1/2"H panels. Order two model M-P51500 or M-P for straight countertops. Order three model M-P51500 or M-P for corner countertops. Countertops can be mounted off modular. For Straight Countertop applications, countertops can be mounted in any combination to cover the panel run. When ordering Corner Countertop, order a corner size to fit the larger return panel. Add a Straight Countertop with 2 Countertop Flat Brackets to equal the panel run. Outside ends of Countertops must end at a Countertop Mounting Bracket, they cannot end mid panel or hang over the end of run. 42"w 60"w 30"w 30"w 42"w 30"w 30"w 30"w 30"w 42"w 42"w 30"w 18"w 30"w REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 135

136 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE EMERGE Countertop with Support - Edgeband Straight Countertop Top Cap Countertop Brackets Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Countertops are 15"D. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Straight Countertop 15Dx24W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1524E 15" 24" Straight Countertop 15Dx30W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1530E 15" 30" Straight Countertop 15Dx36W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1536E 15" 36" Straight Countertop 15Dx42W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1542E 15" 42" Straight Countertop 15Dx48W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1548E 15" 48" Straight Countertop 15Dx54W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1554E 15" 54" Straight Countertop 15Dx60W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1560E 15" 60" Straight Countertop 15Dx66W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1566E 15" 66" Straight Countertop 15Dx72W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCT1572E 15" 72" EMERGE 90 Degree Corner Countertop with Support - Edgeband 90 Degree Corner Countertop Top Caps Countertop Brackets Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Countertops are 15"D. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Corner Countertop 15Dx24W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCCT152424E 15" 24" Corner Countertop 15Dx30W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCCT153030E 15" 30" Corner Countertop 15Dx36W WITH SUPPORT M-FTCCT153636E 15" 36" *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

137 SIN WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS PREFIX Straight Countertop: Edgeband Straight Countertop Order counter top brackets separately. Grain direction runs along width of worksurface (directional laminates only). Countertops are 15"D. Must order panel top caps separately. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List PREFIX Straight Countertop M-PXCT1512E 15" 12" M-PXCT1518E 15" 18" M-PXCT1524E 15" 24" M-PXCT1530E 15" 30" M-PXCT1536E 15" 36" M-PXCT1542E 15" 42" M-PXCT1548E 15" 48" M-PXCT1554E 15" 54" M-PXCT1560E 15" 60" M-PXCT1566E 15" 66" M-PXCT1572E 15" 72" PREFIX 90º Corner Countertop: Edgeband 90º Corner Countertop. Order counter top brackets separately. Grain direction runs diagonally along of worksurface (directional laminates only). Edgeband Countertops are 15"D. Must order panel top caps separately. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List PREFIX 90º Corner Countertop, Edgeband M-PXCCT152424E 15" 24" M-PXCCT153030E 15" 30" M-PXCCT153636E 15" 36" M-PXCCT154242E 15" 42" W W D D REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 137

138 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Rectangular Worksurface Support Kit (Rectangular, Transition, Arc Worktops) Tie Bracket (1), Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket-Left & attachment hardware (1), and Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket-Right & attachment hardware (1 for M-UWSKR2, 2 for M-UWSKR3). Description Model Wt. Cubes List Rectangular Worksurface Support Kit M-UWSKR Rectangular Worksurface Support Kit for 20 deep M-UWSKR Rectangular Worksurface Support Kit M-UWSKR Rectangular Worksurface Support Kit for 20 deep M-UWSKR Corner Worksurface Support Kit (Straight & Radius Front, Transition) Tie Bracket (1), Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket-Left & attachment hardware (1), Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket- Right & attachment hardware (1), and Bracket Support. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Corner Worksurface Support Kit M-UWSKC D D Discontinued December 31, 2018 for models on this page. 138 *Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

139 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS L-Return Worksurface Support Kit (Straight & Radius Front) Tie Bracket (1), Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket-Left & attachment hardware (1), Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket- Right & attachment hardware (2), and Bracket Support. Description Model Wt. Cubes List L-Return Worksurface Support Kit M-UWSKL D Worksurface Stanchions Stanchion Models ending in WT are to be used when a worktop is placed on the storage unit. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Worksurface Support Stanchion 5"H x 12"D M-USS0512WT Worksurface Support Stanchion 5"H x 18"D M-USS0518WT Worksurface Support Stanchion 6"H x 12"D M-USS Worksurface Support Stanchion 6"H x 18"D M-USS Worksurface Support Stanchion 10"H x 12"D M-USS1012WT Worksurface Support Stanchion 10"H x 18"D M-USS1018WT Worksurface Support Stanchion 11"H x 12"D M-USS Worksurface Support Stanchion 11"H x 18"D M-USS Universal Spanner Rail Spanner Rail. Adjustable worksurface mount clips. Panel Brackets. Used to replace the support bracket and end panel bracket when adjacent return panel is wider than the worksurface depth. Use matching width to the wing panel. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Universal Spanner Rail 24"W M-UWSR Universal Spanner Rail 30"W M-UWSR Universal Spanner Rail 36"W M-UWSR Universal Spanner Rail 42"W M-UWSR Universal Spanner Rail 48"W M-UWSR REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX D Discontinued December 31, 2018 for models on this page. *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 139

140 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Peninsula Worksurface Support Kit (Radius, b, d, Grand, Curved) Tie Bracket (1), Universal Support Column (1), Bracket Supports (1 Pair). Description Model Wt. Cubes List Peninsula Worksurface Support Kit M-UWSKP Half-Round Extension - Fixed - Worksurface Support Kit Tie Bracket (1), 24" Flat Bracket (2), Universal Support Column (1). Description Model Wt. Cubes List Half Round Extension - Fixed - Worksurface Support Kit Universal Worksurface Support Column Universal Worksurface Support Column. Universal Worksurface Post Leg Universal Worksurface Post Leg. 7x7 mounting plate. M-UWSKHF Description Model Wt. Cubes List Universal Worksurface Support Column M-USC Description Model Wt. Cubes List Universal Worksurface Post Leg 29.5" M-UWSL Universal Worksurface Post Leg 40.5" M-UWSL *Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

141 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket, Left-Handed M-C1L Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket, Right-Handed M-C1R " Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket, Left-Handed M-C1L " Cantilevered Worksurface Bracket, Right-Handed M-C1R Worksurface Support Flat Bracket Worksurface Support Flat Bracket. Cannot be used with O-Legs. Connecting Top/120 Bridge Support Kit Description Model Wt. Cubes List Worksurface Support Flat Bracket, 24" M-FB Worksurface Support Flat Bracket, 30" M-FB Countertop Flat Bracket Countertop Flat Bracket Can be used with worksurfaces. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Countertop Flat Bracket M-CTFB Tie Bracket (1), and 24" Flat Bracket (2). Description Model Wt. Cubes List M-C1L Shown REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Connecting Top/ 120 Bridge Support Kit M-UWSKCT *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 141

142 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Worksurface Support Legs Legs and attaching hardware. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List O-Leg 20", 24", 30" wide M-SL2028O 29.5" 20" M-SL2428O 29.5" 24" M-SL3028O 29.5" 30" Shared O-Leg 12", 20", 24", 30" wide M-SL1228SL 29.5" 12" M-SL2028SL 29.5" 20" M-SL2428SL 29.5" 24" M-SL3028SL 29.5" 30" Panel Mounted O-Leg Bracket M-SLPBL 29.5" M-SLPBR 29.5" Support Leg 24", 30" wide M-MDSL " 24" M-MDSL " 30" *Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

143 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Universal Worksurface Support Legs Legs and attaching hardware. Must use rectangular edgebanded worksurfaces with O-Legs. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Standing Height O-Leg 24", 30" wide Shared Standing Height O-Leg 24", 30" wide Panel Mounted Standing Height O-Leg Bracket O-Leg Stanchion 20", 24", 30" wide Double Depth O-Leg 48", 60" wide M-SL2441O 41" 24" M-SL3041O 41" 30" M-SL2441SL 41" 24" M-SL3041SL 41" 30" M-SLSPBL 41" M-SLSPBR 41" M-SCAW6520 6" 20" M-SCAW6524 6" 24" M-SCAW6530 6" 30" M-SL4828O 29.5" 48" M-SL6028O 29.5" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 143

144 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Worksurface End Panel Support Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, panel mounting brackets and adjustable glides. 28" High for desk height applications. Used in EMERGE and PREFIX panel environments only. Description Model H D Wt. Cubes List Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 12" D, Left-Handed Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 12" D, Right-Handed Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 24" D, Left-Handed Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 24" D, Right-Handed Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 30" D, Left-Handed Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 30" D, Right-Handed Universal Worksurface Open Panel Mounted P-Leg Support Universal Worksurface Support, panel mounting brackets and adjustable glide. 28" High for desk height applications. Used in EMERGE and PREFIX panel environments only. M-PMEP12L 28" 12" M-PMEP12R 28" 12" M-PMEP24L 28" 24" M-PMEP24R 28" 24" M-PMEP30L 28" 30" M-PMEP30R 28" 30" Description Model H D Wt. Cubes List Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 12" D M-UPMHEP " 12" Universal Worksurface End Panel Support, 24" D M-UPMHEP " 24" Universal Worksurface Open Panel Support, 30" D M-UPMHEP " 30" *Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

145 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS Worksurface Support - Return Worksurface Bracket Description Model Wt. Cubes List Return Worksurface Bracket (Pair) Universal Worksurface Tower Support Universal Worksurface Tower Support Bracket. Worksurface Support- Return Worksurface Bracket. M-CWB Intended to attach the side of the work surface to the side of the storage tower. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Universal Worksurface Tower Support Bracket M-TB2W Worksurface Support - Attaching Bracket Worksurfaces Support-Attaching Bracket. Worksurface Support-Attaching Bracket is for attaching the fronts of two Worksurfaces. Also used for attaching Straight Countertops to Corner Countertops. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Worksurface Support - Attaching Bracket Worksurface Support - Attaching Bracket (Packet of 10) M-DAB M-DAB REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 145

146 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE External Table Top Support Channel Support Channel See table below. Description Model Wt. Cubes List External Table Top Sup Chnl 30" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 36" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 41" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 60" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 72" M-PPSC Support Combination External Support Channel Selection Guide Worksurface Width for Rectangle SUPPORT 1 SUPPORT 2 72" 66" 60" 54" O-Leg O-Leg M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 O-Leg Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 Full End panel with Gusset Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 O-Leg Pedestal M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 Pedestal Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 Pedestal O-Leg Pedestal Full End panel with Gusset Pedestal 2H Lat/PS 2H Lat/PS 2H Lat/PS 146 *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

147 SIN 711-1/2 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS PREFIX Countertop Support Brackets 2 brackets, 1 left and 1 right, and hardware 42.5"H base panels requires a unique set of brackets. (See below) Order 2 sets of brackets for each countertop Description Model Wt. Cubes List Standard Countertop Support M-P "H Base Panel Countertop Support M-P REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 147

148 WORKSURFACES & SUPPORTS SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 148 *WORKSURFACES list cost includes core finishes. Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

149 SIN SMARTSPACE Smartspace Benching System With the increase in office collaboration, comes an easy-to-install benching solution. Now that's smart thinking. Easily integrate power trough allows every workstation to access technology. Even better, this solution comes per-assembled for a simpler, smarter installation and offers space planning flexibility. Smartspace benching fits more people into a smaller area and has the ability to support the growth of your business. Compliment your design ideas with Smartspace. Features U-leg design for open plan aesthetic. Power and Data trough for easy access. Privacy options with fabric and glass screens and laminate modesty panels Keep an open plan feel with Include storage with foot options Keep the floor open and clear. Benefits Ease for the ever evolving workspace. Gives person space while keeping the open aesthetic. Provides storage and space division. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 149

150 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Rectangular Worksurface: No Grommet Rectangular Worksurface Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Only non-grommet worksurface should be used with Smartspace. External table top support channels are NOT needed when used in a Smartspace application. Only the models listed below are compatible with Smartspace. Return worksurfaces can only be 36"W and 48"W. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Rectangular Worksurface No Grommet, 24"D M-URW2436N 24" 36" M-URW2448N 24" 48" M-URW2460N 24" 60" M-URW2472N 24" 72" Rectangular Worksurface No Grommet, 30"D M-URW3048N 30" 48" M-URW3060N 30" 60" M-URW3072N 30" 72" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

151 SIN SMARTSPACE 120 Worksurface: No Grommet 120 Worksurface Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Only non-grommet worksurface should be used with Smartspace. External table top support channels are NOT needed when used in a Smartspace application. Only the models listed below are compatible with Smartspace. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List 120 Worksurface No Grommets, 24"D M-UYCW2436N 24" 36" M-UYCW2442N 24" 42" M-UYCW2448N 24" 48" Worksurface No Grommets, 30"D M-UYCW3042N 30" 42" M-UYCW3048N 30" 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 151

152 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Double Depth U-Legs 2 Double Depth U-Legs Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Double Depth U-Leg (Box of 2) M-SSEL " 16" Double Depth Shared U-Leg 1 Double Depth Shared U-Leg Available in all Core and Premium paint options. M-SSEL " 16" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Double Depth Shared U-Leg (Singles) M-SSSL " 15" M-SSSL " 15" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

153 SIN SMARTSPACE Single Depth U-Legs 2 Single Depth U-Legs Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Single Depth U-Leg (Box of 2) M-SSEL " 15" Single Depth Shared U-Leg 1 Single Depth Shared U-Leg Available in all Core and Premium paint options. M-SSEL " 15" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Single Depth Shared U-Leg (Singles) M-SSSL " 8" Single Depth Return U-Leg 1 Single Depth Return U-Leg Left and Right handed models. Available in all Core and Premium paint options. M-SSSL " 8" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Single Depth Return Leg-Left-Hand M-SSRLEL " 15" Single Depth Return Leg-Right-Hand M-SSRREL " 15" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 153

154 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 120 Double Depth U-Leg Double Depth U-Leg Only to be used with 120 Worksurface models in a back-to-back application - cannot be used single sided. Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Double Depth U-leg (Single Leg for 120 ) M-SS120EL " 8" M-SS120EL " 8" Post Leg Post Leg Only to be used with 120 Worksurface models in a back-to-back application - cannot be used single sided. Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Post Leg for 120 (singles) M-SS120POST 9" 29" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

155 SIN SMARTSPACE Support Beams 1 Support Beam No paint option needed. For use with single-sided stations. 36"W returns will use the 48"W Support Beam and 48"W returns will use the 60"W Support Beam. Description Model D H Wt. Cubes List Support Beams (Box of 1) M-SSUB " 48" Support Beams (Box of 2) 2 Support Beams No paint option needed. For use with single-sided stations. 36"W returns will use the 48"W Support Beam and 48"W returns will use the 60"W Support Beam. M-SSUB " 60" M-SSUB " 72" Description Model D H Wt. Cubes List Support Beams (Box of 2) M-SSUB " 48" Support Beams (Box of 2) Support Beams No paint option needed. M-SSUB " 60" M-SSUB " 72" Description Model D H Wt. Cubes List 120 Support Beams (Box of 2) M-SS120UB " 36" M-SS120UB " 42" M-SS120UB " 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 155

156 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Shared Trough 1 Shared Trough No paint option needed. Trough width will match worksurface width. Slots available in trough to zip tie data cables to the trough. 2 duplexes and 1 data knock out per straight Troughs. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Shared Trough M-SSTROUGH48 20" 48" Single-Sided Trough 1 Single-Sided Trough No paint option needed. Trough width will match worksurface width. Slots available in trough to zip tie data cables to the trough. 2 duplexes and 1 data knock out per straight Troughs. M-SSTROUGH60 20" 60" M-SSTROUGH72 20" 72" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Single-Sided Trough M-SSSTROUGH48 6" 48" Shared Trough Shared Trough No paint option needed. Trough width will match worksurface width. Slots available in trough to zip tie data cables to the trough. 1 duplex and 1 data knock out per 120 Trough. M-SSSTROUGH60 6" 60" M-SSSTROUGH72 6" 72" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Shared Trough for 120 M-SS120TROUGH36 20" 36" M-SS120TROUGH42 20" 42" M-SS120TROUGH48 20" 48" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

157 SIN SMARTSPACE Metal Side Screen 1 Metal Side Screen Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Painted Metal Side Screen, 13"H M-SSDMS " 24" Fabric Side Screen 1 Fabric Side Screen Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Available in all Panel fabrics. M-SSDMS " 30" Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A Grade B Fabric Side Screen, 13"H M-MDRS1324F 13" 24" M-MDRS1330F 13" 30" Fabric Side Screen, 20"H M-MDRS2024F 20" 24" M-MDRS2030F 20" 30" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 157

158 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Shared Fabric Screen 1 Shared Fabric Screen 1 Shared Screen Bracket Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Available in all Panel fabrics. When used with power poles, see details under Power Pole on page 165. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Core/ Grade A Premium/ Grade A Core/ Grade B Premium/ Grade B Shared Fabric Screen, 13"H M-SSCFS " 36" M-SSCFS " 48" M-SSCFS " 60" Shared Fabric Screen, 20"H M-SSCFS " 36" Single Fabric Screen 1 Single Fabric Screen 1 Single Screen Bracket M-SSCFS " 48" M-SSCFS " 60" Available in all Core and Premium paint options. Available in all Panel fabrics. When used with power poles, see details under Power Pole on page 165. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Core/ Grade A Premium/ Grade A Core/ Grade B Premium/ Grade B Single Fabric Screen, 13"H M-SSFSS " 36" M-SSFSS " 48" M-SSFSS " 60" Single Fabric Screen, 20"H M-SSFSS " 36" M-SSFSS " 48" M-SSFSS " 60" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

159 SIN SMARTSPACE Shared Glass Screen 1 Shared Glass Screen 1 Shared Screen Bracket Available in all Core and Premium paint options. When used with power poles, see details under Power Pole on page 165. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Shared Glass Screen 13"H M-SSFG " 36" M-SSFG " 48" M-SSFG " 60" M-SSFG " 72" Shared Glass Screen 20"H M-SSFG " 36" M-SSFG " 48" M-SSFG " 60" M-SSFG " 72" Single Glass Screen 1 Single Glass Screen 1 Single Screen Bracket Available in all Core and Premium paint options. When used with power poles, see details under Power Pole on page 165. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Core Premium Single Glass Screen 13"H M-SSFGS " 36" M-SSFGS " 48" M-SSFGS " 60" M-SSFGS " 72" Single Glass Screen 20"H M-SSFGS " 36" M-SSFGS " 48" M-SSFGS " 60" M-SSFGS " 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 159

160 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Laminate Modesty Panel 1 Laminate Modesty Panel 1 Mounting Bracket See laminate options on page 12. For use on single sided stations only. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Laminate Modesty Panel, 13"H M-SSLM " 36" Single End-Of-Run Laminate Screen 1 Laminate Modesty Panel 1 End-of-Run Bracket See laminate options on page 12. M-SSLM " 48" M-SSLM " 60" Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Single End-of-Run Laminate Screen, 24"W M-SSLM " 24" M-SSLM " 24" Single End-of-Run Laminate Screen, 30"W M-SSLM " 30" Double End-Of-Run Laminate Screen 1 Double End-of-Run Laminate Screen 1 End-of-Run Bracket See laminate options on page 12. M-SSLM " 30" Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Double End-of-Run Laminate Screen, 48"W M-SSLM " 48" M-SSLM " 48" Double End-of-Run Laminate Screen, 60"W M-SSLM " 60" M-SSLM " 60" *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

161 SIN SMARTSPACE Guidelines For Byrne Electrical Specification 1. Consult with the electrician and computer support staff to determine the electrical option you will be using: 3 utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuit. 2. Determine the locations, quantities and circuits of the duplex outlets. 3. Determine the requirements (if any) for isolated/dedicated circuits. 4. Specify the appropriate double block, single block and pass-thru power harnesses. Harness widths must correspond to the applicable panel width. The integrated panel-to-panel power jumper cable stretches approximately 3" to transverse 2-way 180 "S", 2-way 90 L, 3-way T and 4-way X connections. 5. Determine the location, quantity and type of power source feed(s) needed. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT utility circuits + 1 isolated/dedicated circuit is the standard configuration of the EMERGE electrical system. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GRAY WHITE GRN/YLW GRN/BARE PINK BLUE RED BLACK NEUTRAL - 2 NEUTRAL - 1 ISOLATED GROUND HOT - 4 HOT - 3 HOT - 2 HOT - 1 CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 CIRCUIT 2 CIRCUIT 3 ISOLATED CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT 4 ISOLATED 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 2 utility circuits + 2 isolated/dedicated circuits provide the convenience of ample utility power with an additional isolated circuit for more extensive computer applications. 12 GA 10 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA 12 GA REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 161

162 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical Power Usage Typical power usage by the most commonly specified office equipment. EQUIPMENT AMPS EQUIPMENT AMPS EQUIPMENT AMPS Computers Copiers Fax Machines Personal Computer...3 Notebook Computer...3 Monitors 13" Color Monitor " Color Monitor " Color Monitor " Plasma Monitor " Plasma Monitor...1 Desktop Copier...15 Console Copier...20 Copier/Duplicator...30 Printers InkJet... less than 1 Personal Laser or LED...8 Workgroup Laser or LED...15 InkJet Fax... less than 1 Plain Paper Fax...8 Task Lights 30" T5 Fluorescent /bulb 60" T5 Fluorescent /bulb Source: Industry Analysis, Inc., Rochester, NY Cable capacity: Images show what can be routed within the trough covers. Additional cables can be added to the tray portion of the trough outside of the cover. Worksurface Width 36" 42" 48" Single-depth cable trough capacity: 11 cables, diameter (CAT-6) 3-Pack 120 Applications Single Block Electrical Model Quantity M-EPS24 1 M-EPS48 2 M-EPS24 1 M-EPS60 2 M-EPS24 1 M-EPS72 2 Double-depth cable trough capacity: 14 cables, diameter (CAT-6) 162 *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

163 SIN SMARTSPACE Byrne Electrical Double Block Harness Built-in Jumper. When using M-EH Series Harnesses for duplex outlet capabilities in Smartspace, please specify the corresponding length of harness to match the worksurface width. All outlet placements are 12" from the edge of the worksurface. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on page 161. When specifying for GSA applications, add suffix (G) and reference list price GSA (G). Standard model without suffix (G) is not on GSA Contract (NOC). Description Model W Wt. List List GSA (G) Double Block Duplex Harness 48W M-EH48 (G) 48" Double Block Duplex Harness 60W M-EH60 (G) 60" Double Block Duplex Harness 72W M-EH72 (G) 72" Byrne Single Block Pass-Thru Harness EPS Single Block Pass-Thru wiring will allow the use of one outlet per trough side. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on page 161. For use with 120º layouts. Description Model W Wt. List Single-Block Pass-Thru Harness M-EPS24 24" M-EPS48 48" M-EPS60 60" M-EPS72 72" Byrne Electrical Pass-Thru Harness Allows you to take power through a trough. Duplex outlets cannot be used with M-EP Pass-Thru wiring. Pass-Thru wiring runs from 10" inside on trough, through the connection and 10" into the next trough in the run. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on page 161. Description Model W Wt. List EXCLUDED Pass-Thru Harness M-EP48 48" M-EP60 60" M-EP72 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 163

164 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Byrne Electrical Pass Available with 3 integrated circuits 1, 2, or 3 (M-ED1, M-ED2, M-ED3) and 1 isolated circuit 4 (M-ED4) or 2 integrated circuits 1 and 2 (M-ED1, M-ED2) and 2 isolated circuits 3 and 4 (M-ED3D, M-ED4). Each duplex outlet receptacle is rated at 15 amps. Each circuit has a 20 amp maximum capacity (depending upon building wiring). Power-In Wiring (M-EPF2) plugs into Duplex Wiring Harness (M-EH or M-EPS) in place of a Duplex Outlet Receptacle. Duplex Outlets may be added at any time by removing the outlet cover plate and plugging the Duplex Outlet Receptacle into the Double or Single block harness. Isolated circuits are designated with an orange triangle. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on page 161. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Byrne Electric Duplex Outlet Circuit M-ED M-ED M-ED M-ED3D M-ED Byrne Chicago Outlet Box For hard wiring by an electrician to meet Chicago City Codes. Cannot be used back-to-back one Duplex per side, per Trough. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Chicago Outlet Box - Trough M-ECH Byrne New York Junction Box New York Junction Box provides special Power-In Wiring to meet New York City electrical code. Description Model Wt. List Power In-Feed NY Junction Box M-EPFX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

165 SIN SMARTSPACE Byrne Power-In Wiring 144" long conduit, Sealtight Cable - 7 8" diameter. For use as ceiling, floor, or wall in-feed. Refer to Electrical Specification Guidelines on page 161. Description Model W Wt. List Power In-Feed for Smartspace M-SS144 7" Power Pole 10' 5". Specify Fabric or Glass screen. Screen will need to be one size smaller to avoid interference with power pole. Not available in Platinum or Gunmetal paint finishes. Description Model Wt. Cubes Core Premium Power Pole M-SSPP Vertebrae Clear finish. Specify "X" for finish option. Can be mounted anywhere under trough. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Vertebrae M-SSVWM REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 165

166 SMARTSPACE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Electrical Accessories M-PWRMOD - Color finishes available: Flint and White M-COMDOME2 - Color finish available: Loft All models come with 6' cord. Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD2UWM (Shown) 3 Receptacles Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD3UWM Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 2 Data Accessory M-COMDOME Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB M-PWRMOD2WC Receptacles (Shown) M-PWRMOD3WC *Fabric, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

167 SIN SURPASS Surpass Features Finest quality worksurface construction. Electrical and data management options. End panels, and bridging brackets work for right or left-hand applications. Straight steel hutches with top-mounted hinged doors. Fabric and glass screens. Desking System SURPASS freestanding desking offers solid construction with almost unlimited versatility and flexibility. You can build a private office, collaborative teaming station, benching solution or combine it with panels for more privacy. The heavy-duty steel construction and modular design means that SURPASS can be reconfigured as your needs change and still perform in any office environment. Available in all of Maxon s fabrics and finishes, SURPASS will look good long after it s installed and in use. And, of course, it s backed by the Limited Lifetime Warranty. The double-wall construction of SURPASS support legs and steel modesty panels adds strength and durability throughout the system. Impact-resistant, high-pressure laminate worksurfaces, are strong enough to endure years of day-to-day use, and are available in a wide selection of colors and wood-grain patterns. A wide variety of desk shapes and sizes means you will find the right fit no matter what your needs. SURPASS offers straight steel hutch options with top-mounted hinged doors. The hutch accepts tackboards, task lights and personal accessory rail components. Coordinating pedestal and lateral files, bookcases, storage towers and personal storage centers ensure the perfect solution for every storage need. Benefits Prevent warping and bowing while assuring years of use. Strategically run power or data to where it is needed. Eases specification and installation. Provide storage and space division. Allows collaboration while providing visual privacy. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 167

168 SURPASS SIN Working with SURPASS INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE End Panels E and Support Legs L Each are available in two options: freestanding or panel mount. The only difference between the two options are the panel-mount models come with a left- or right handed bracket to attach the support to a panel in a SURPASS systems application. If the freestanding version is purchased and later needs to be converted to panel-mount, the proper handed panel-mount bracket may be purchased separately. The 12"D end panel is used to freestand peninsulas, curvilinear shapes, and D-tops in panel applications. Corner Desk Legs C Corner desk legs have a 90-degree bend and welded construction. The strong construction allows gussets or half height modesty panels to be used with corner legs. Bridge Brackets B Bridge brackets include: two flat brackets, two modesty panel-to-end panel attachment brackets, and two tie straps. This bracket is used when attaching a bridge unit between two rectangular worksurfaces. There are some bridge instances where only half of a bridge bracket is needed (e.g. using a bridge between a rectangular worksurface and a corner or peninsula). A return bracket may be ordered for these instances. Surface S Support Column SC Support columns are used to support one end of curvilinear worksurfaces. column, worksurface bracket M-MDPC29, attaching hardware, and adjustable glides. B S M+12 B Return Brackets R Return brackets include: one flat bracket, one modesty panel-to-end panel attachment bracket, and one tie strap. These are used when attaching a return to a primary desk. Return brackets can also be used in some bridge applications one example is shown below when using a peninsula. Desk-to-Panel Attachment Brackets D Desk-to-panel attachment brackets are used to connect a worksurface and modesty panel perpendicular to a panel of corresponding width. Opposing end of worksurface must be attached with an end-panel, support leg, or corner leg mounted directly under this worksurface. SM E E M S M+6 SC S L R S M+6 When using a corner or corner cove worksurface with the rear corner attached to a panel, and opposing end of worksurface is attached to a freestanding desk, use corner w/desk attachment bracket. Hand of unit is determined from the user s side of the desk (right hand unit attaches to right side of modesty). E C M L R D S M E 168 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

169 SIN SURPASS Corner with Desk Panel Attachment Bracket CW Corner w/desk panel attachment bracket connects the rear corner of a corner or corner cove worksurface and modesty panel to a panel when the opposing end of the worksurface shares a support leg with an adjacent freestanding desk and the support leg is mounted under the freestanding desk. Hand of unit is determined from the user s side of the desk (left hand unit attaches to left side of modesty). Corner w/desk Panel Corner Attachment with Desk Kit CCWD29L M-MDCWD29L Concensys TKCWD29L Optimize or Terrace Corner Worksurfaces Corner worksurfaces to accommodate 90-degree corner desk legs. In-Line Connections of Desks Freestanding full end panels must be used to support adjacent rectangular desks, corner desks, and corner desks with returns. Freestanding support legs should NOT be used at the in-line junction. You may use the shared C-Leg to replace the two end panels circled below. 24"D full end panels may be used at the in line junction on 30"D rectangular desks if two worksurface tie straps are used to secure the desks together. E E S CW If no shared leg L, use D not CW, see previous page. Pedestals and Storage Pedestals must be ordered one size smaller than the depth of the worksurface. For example, 20"D peds should be used with 24"D worksurfaces. 20"D or 23"D pedestals can be used with 30"D worksurfaces. Using 18"D laterals or personal files provide additional pull style and storage options under 24"D worksurfaces. L S M E E M Modesty Panels M The following are some general guidelines for SURPASS modesty panels: Desk: Modesty panel width is the same width as the worksurface Return: Modesty panel width is M+6" greater than the width of the worksurface Bridge connecting two rectangular worksurfaces: Modesty panel width is M+12" greater than the width of the bridge worksurface Bridge connecting a rectangular worksurface and corner or peninsula: Modesty panel width is 6" greater than the width of the worksurface Corner connecting to an adjacent worksurface: Modesty panel width is the same width as the worksurface. Stand-Alone Corner Modesty Panels SM Stand-alone corner modesty panels are used only when one or both sides of a corner or corner cove worksurface are freestanding and NOT attached to another worksurface. Specify the width the same as the width of the worksurface. E M SC S L SM E M C S S C M Gussets G Gussets can be used in place of a modesty panel with desks 36"W to 60"W. Gussets can also be used with corner desk legs. E G C S G L SM S M E E E REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 169

170 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Working with SURPASS O-Legs O-Leg Support O Does not require additional support, such as modesty panel or gusset. Will only support the ends of worksurfaces. Non-handed and comes fully assembled. O Countertop Flat Bracket CB To be used on returns with O-Legs that are 42" or less. Standing O-Leg Support SO Supports worksurfaces at a standing height. Does not require additional support, such as modesty panel or gusset. Will only support the ends of worksurfaces. Non-handed and comes fully assembled. Standing Shared O-Leg Support SSO The only difference between Standing Height O-Leg and Standing Shared O-Leg, is shared will span two worksurfaces. Surface S Shared C-Leg Support CS Will span two worksurfaces. Modesty panels or gussets can be used in a freestanding application without additional support. M S S O SO CS M S O CS S S M O S SO CB E S O S Double Depth O-Leg Support OD Will support two worksurfaces in a back-to-back benching application. No additional support is needed. O-Leg Stanchion Support OSS Only used on INCLUDE low credenzas at the end of worksurfaces. S OD S OSS OSS Shared O-Leg Support SOS The only difference between O-Leg and Shared O-Leg, is shared will span two worksurfaces. S O S SOS S OSS S SOS OSS S SOS OD O E 170 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

171 SIN SURPASS REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 171

172 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurface Specifications Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Corner Desk Specifications Straight Front Corners: Radius Front Corners: 10.5" radius on all corners. Grain direction runs diagonally along worksurface (directional laminates only). Straight Front D User Edge W Radius Front DL Radius W DR 172 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

173 SIN SURPASS Modesty Panel Specifications SURPASS modesty panels are constructed of commercial grade steel. Modesty panels are available in full-height (27 1 /2") and half-height (14") for access to wall electrical. For adequate clearance of files, specify storage component depths that are at least 6" less than the understructure depth. End Support and Bridging Bracket Specifications End panels and bridging brackets are symmetrical and may be used for right- or left-hand support at any time. Storage Hutch Specifications Storage Hutches are 35 3 /4" high x 14" deep and, when installed, have a floor to top-of-hutch height of 65". The vertical side supports are constructed of 20 gauge formed steel. All hutches have a matching width, fully enclosed storage bin. Hutch bin bases and lids are constructed of 16 gauge formed steel. All points of connection in the assembly are steel-to-steel for added strength and durability. Storage Hutches may be ordered with an open back. Painted metal backs with a fabric surfaced tackboards are also available as an option. Backs and tackboards are also available for retrofit applications. SURPASS Hutches will accept task lights. Personal Accessory Rails are also available for use with the hutches to accommodate our complete line of paper management trays, bins, and other storage components. On 36" - 48" hutches, there is one door which includes one lock core. On 60"- 72" hutches, both hutch doors are automatically keyed alike. Beyond that, all pairs of keyed locks installed on hutch doors are randomly keyed, with no attempt to assure either the same or different keying between different hutch units. Hutch doors may be keyed-alike to match floor pedestal or lateral file lock. Refer to page 195 for details. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 173

174 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Typical SURPASS Desking Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminates and Paint and Edgeband edge finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. 6'x7'6" SURPASS Private Office : Core Finishes Applied MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-SYP20B-A Sys & Desk Univ Pedestal 20Dx15Wx28H BBF A-Pull 1 $649 M-LF230-A Ridgeline Lateral- 2-Dwr 30W A-Pull 1 $1,539 M-MDCBK29 Maxon Desking Bridge Brackets 1 $187 M-MDEP24 Maxon Desking End Panel Leg 24" 4 $904 M-MDHO1572E Max Desking FullHtch 15x72 Opn Lwr.Bk StlPtd Drs 1 $1,762 M-MDMP54HP Maxon Desking Modesty Panel 54" Half Mod 1 $177 M-MDMP72FP Maxon Desking Modesty Panel 72" Full Mod. 1 $214 M-MDMP72HP Maxon Desking Modesty Panel 72" Half Mod 1 $204 M-URW3072N Univ Rec WS 30 x 72 No Grommets 1 $563 M-URW2442 Univ Rec WS 24 x 42 1 $371 M-URW2472 Univ Rec WS 24 x 72 1 $522 M-USL54 Task Light 54W 1 $351 M-DT Non Handed Diagonal Tray 1 $197 M-LT Letter Tray (Letter Size Only) 1 $142 M-MDPAR72 Maxon Desking Accessory Rail 72W 1 $308 M-TB Tool Box 1 $114 M-MDHT1572 Maxon Desking H B and T 15H72W 1 $459 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 1 $1,469 M-SEMU504 Guest Chair 2 $1,512 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $11, *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

175 SIN SURPASS REFERENCE Typical SURPASS Desking Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminates and Paint and Edgeband edge finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. EMERGE PREFIX WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE SURPASS PREPARE : Core Finishes Applied DESCRIPTION $4,002 M-MDDS1348F Maxon Desk Screen 13H x 48W Fabric 3 $1,854 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 6 $8,814 M-MDEC Desking Power Recp Clip 6 $66 M-MDEJ24 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 24" 1 $139 M-MDEJ42 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 42" 4 $740 M-MDEPF72 Maxon Desk Electrical Power Feed - 72" 1 $217 M-MDER1 Desk Electrical Power Rectp Circuit 1 3 $312 M-MDER2 Desk Electrical Power Recept Circuit 2 3 $312 M-MDJC12 Maxon Desking Elect Mgnmt J-Hook 12 pk 1 $131 M-ICPM211524BFMA B/F 21H x 24D Mob Ped Mtl-A-Pull 6 $4,830 M-ICCAUC2415 Include 24D x 15W Credenza Cushion 6 $2,046 M-SL2428SL 24"D x 28"H Shared O-Leg Support 4 $1,340 M-SL4828O 48"D x 28"H O-Leg Support 2 $1,150 M-URW2448 Univ Rec WS 24 x 48 6 $2,424 INDEX 6 SEATING LIST $ Articulating LED Desk Lamp ACCESSORIES QTY M-ACC-LED1 STORAGE SURPASS Benching 6 Pack MODEL # TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $28,377 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 175

176 SIN Typical SURPASS Desking Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminates and Paint, Grade A Fabric and Edgeband edge finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE SURPASS PREPARE : Core Finishes Applied SURPASS Benching 6 Pack Maxon Desking Desk Dividing Screen 12H x 60W QTY LIST $ 3 $2,085 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 6 $8,814 Include 25 LBS Credenza Counterweight Kit 6 $1,296 M-MDEC Desking Power Recp Clip 12 $132 M-MDEJ12 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 12" 6 $642 M-MDEJ24 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 24" 1 $139 M-MDEJ36 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 36" 4 $688 M-MDEPF72 Maxon Desk Electrical Power Feed- 72" 1 $217 M-MDER1 Desk Electrical Power Rectp Circuit 1 6 $624 M-MDER2 Desk Electrical Power Recept Circuit 2 6 $624 M-MDJC12 Maxon Desking Elect Mgnmt J-Hook 12 pk 1 $131 M-PPSC60 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" 6 $1,440 M-ICCAUC1824 Include 18D x 24W Credenza Cushion 6 $2,208 INDEX M-SEMU502 M-ICCACW25 ACCESSORIES M-MDDD1260FT DESCRIPTION SEATING STORAGE MODEL # M-SL2428SL 24"D x 28"H Shared O-Leg Support 4 $1,340 M-SL4828O 48"D x 28"H O-Leg Support 2 $1,150 M-ICCBX224818LBFOMA Include 22H x 48W x 18D LH Open/File 3 $7,134 M-ICCBX224818RBFOMA Include 22H x 48W x 18D File/RH Open 3 $7,134 M-URW2460 Univ Rec WS 24 x 60 6 $2,652 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $38, *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

177 SIN SURPASS Typical SURPASS Desking Configurations Typical configurations are commonly ordered layouts shown for planning and budgeting purposes. List pricing for typical configurations is based on Core Laminates and Paint, Grade A Fabric and Edgeband edge finish. Models MUST be ordered individually. 6x6 SURPASS 4 Pack : Core Finishes Applied MODEL # DESCRIPTION QTY LIST $ M-ACC-LED1OC Articulating LED Desk Lamp w/ Occ Sensor 4 $3,228 M-MDDR1224FT Maxon Desk Divd Return Screen 12H x 24W 2 $772 M-MDFPS2836FT Maxon Desk Full Privacy Screens 28H x 36W 4 $4,944 M-SEMU502 Mid Bk Synchro Control Swivel Seating 4 $5,876 M-MDEPF72 Maxon Desk Electrical Power Feed - 72" 1 $217 M-MDEC Desking Power Recp Clip 8 $88 M-MDEJ36 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 36" 2 $344 M-MDEJ24 Maxon Desk Male/Male Electrical Jumper - 24" 5 $695 M-MDER1 Desk Electrical Power Rectp Circuit 1 4 $416 M-MDER2 Desk Electrical Power Recept Circuit 2 4 $416 M-PPSC72 Prepare External Table Top Sup Chnl 60" 4 $1,000 M-MDDD1260FT Maxon Desking Desk Dividing Screen 12H x 60W 2 $1,390 M-PPBC2S Prepare 2-Stage C-leg Elec Pow Base 2 legs 4 $11,652 M-SL2428SL 24"D x 28"H Shared O-Leg Support 2 $670 M-SL4828O 48"D x 28"H O-Leg Support 2 $1,150 M-URW2472 Univ Rec WS 24 x 72 4 $2,088 M-PPHA4824 Prepare REC HA 48W x 24W 4 $1,872 TOTAL EXTENDED LIST: $36,818 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 177

178 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Rectangular Worksurface: Edgeband Rectangular Worksurface. Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Worksurfaces 72" or above require middle support unless specified with a modesty panel or external support channel. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Grommet location 9" from the outer edge on surfaces 48" and greater. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-URW2448N W Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Rectangular Worksurface, 20"D Rectangular Worksurface, 24"D Rectangular Worksurface, 30"D D With Grommets M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" M-URW " 24" M-URW " 30" M-URW " 36" M-URW " 42" M-URW " 48" M-URW " 54" M-URW " 60" M-URW " 66" M-URW " 72" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

179 SIN SURPASS Wedge Worksurface: Edgeband Wedge Worksurface. Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain Direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Worksurfaces 54" or above require middle support unless specified with an external support channel. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-UTWD482024N DL Description W User Edge Wedge Worksurface 20"L/24"R Wedge Worksurface 24"L/20"R Wedge Worksurface 24"L/30"R Wedge Worksurface 30"L/24"R DR Model Depth L Depth R W Wt. Cubes List L2 List With Grommets M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD M-UTWD REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 179

180 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Straight-Front Corner Worksurface: Edgeband Straight-front corner worksurface D User Edge Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Cannot be supported with O-Leg Support. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-USCW2436N Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Straight Front Corner, 24"D Straight Front Corner, 30"D W With Grommets M-USCW " 36" M-USCW " 42" M-USCW " 48" M-USCW " 42" M-USCW " 48" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

181 SIN SURPASS Radius-Front Corner Worksurface: Edgeband Radius-front corner worksurface D W D Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Cannot be supported with O-Leg Support. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-URCW2436N Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Radius Front Corner, 24"D Radius Front Corner, 30"D W With Grommets M-URCW " 36" M-URCW " 42" M-URCW " 48" M-URCW " 42" M-URCW " 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 181

182 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE L-Return Radius Front Worksurface: Edgeband L-return radius front worksurface Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Worksurfaces 72" or above require middle support unless specified with a modesty panel. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Cannot be supported with O-Leg Support. Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-ULRL243660N right-hand shown W Description Model D L W Wt. Cubes List L2 List L-Return Worksurface Left-Hand, 24", 36"W L-Return Worksurface Left-Hand, 24", 48"W L-Return Worksurface Right-Hand, 24", 36"W L-Return Worksurface Right-Hand, 24", 48"W D With Grommets M-ULRL " 24" 36" M-ULRL " 24" 36" M-ULRL " 24" 48" M-ULRL " 24" 48" M-ULRR " 24" 36" M-ULRR " 24" 36" M-ULRR " 24" 48" M-ULRR " 24" 48" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

183 SIN SURPASS Radius End Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband Radius end peninsula worksurface W Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-URP3060N Cannot be used freestanding - must be connected to a panel or return surface. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Radius End Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D Radius End Peninsula Worksurface, 36"D D With Grommets M-URP " 60" M-URP " 66" M-URP " 72" M-URP " 60" M-URP " 66" M-URP " 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 183

184 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE "P" Shaped Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband D "P" shaped peninsula worksurface right-hand shown W Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-UPPL3072N Cannot be used freestanding - must be connected to a panel or return surface. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List With Grommets Left-Hand P-Shaped Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D M-UPPL Right-Hand P-Shaped Peninsula Worksurface, 30"D M-UPPR *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

185 SIN SURPASS Grand Peninsula Worksurface: Edgeband Grand peninsula worksurface left-hand shown Please refer to our Worksurface section starting on page 121. Grain direction runs along width (directional laminates only). Add suffix "N" to a model number for no grommets, no upcharge. Example: M-UPGL244866N Description Model L D W Wt. Cubes List L2 List Left-Hand Grand Peninsula Worksurface Right-Hand Grand Peninsula Worksurface W D With Grommets M-UGPL " 24" 48" M-UGPL " 24" 48" M-UGPR " 24" 48" M-UGPR " 24" 48" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 185

186 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Worksurface Support Legs Legs and attaching hardware. Order gussets and modesties separately. (For end panel legs only). Modesties and gussets will not attach to O-Legs. Must use rectangular edgebanded worksurfaces with O-Legs. Panel mount brackets are sold separately. 28"H Pedestals should not be specified next to O-Legs due to the leg attaching brackets. E O SO SOS Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List End Panel Leg 12", 24", 30" wide M-MDEP " 12" M-MDEP " 24" M-MDEP " 30" O-Leg 20", 24", 30" wide M-SL2028O 29.5" 20" M-SL2428O 29.5" 24" M-SL3028O 29.5" 30" Shared O-Leg 12", 20", 24", 30" wide M-SL1228SL 29.5" 12" M-SL2028SL 29.5" 20" M-SL2428SL 29.5" 24" M-SL3028SL 29.5" 30" Support Leg 24", 30" wide M-MDSL " 24" M-MDSL " 30" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

187 SIN SURPASS Worksurface Support Legs 1 Support Leg, support bracket and hardware. Must use rectangular edgebanded worksurfaces with O-Legs. Modesties and gussets will not attach to O-Legs. 28"H Pedestals should not be specified next to O-Legs due to the leg attaching brackets. CS SSO OD OSS Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Shared C-Leg Support Leg M-MDSL " 18" 18" Standing Height O-Leg 24", 30" wide Shared Standing Height O-Leg 24", 30" wide Double Depth O-Leg 48", 60" wide O-Leg Stanchion 20", 24", 30" wide M-SL2441O 41" 24" M-SL3041O 41" 30" M-SL2441SL 41" 24" M-SL3041SL 41" 30" M-SL4828O 29.5" 48" M-SL6028O 29.5" 60" M-SCAW6520 6" 20" M-SCAW6524 6" 24" M-SCAW6530 6" 30" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 187

188 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE External Table Top Support Channel Support Channel See table below. Can be added to any surface for additional support. Counts as a center support. Description Model Wt. Cubes List External Table Top Sup Chnl 30" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 36" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 41" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 60" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 72" M-PPSC SUPPORT COMBINATION External Support Channel Selection Guide Worksurface Width for Rectangle SUPPORT 1 SUPPORT 2 72" 66" 60" 54" O-Leg O-Leg M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 O-Leg Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 Full End panel with Gusset Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC72 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 O-Leg Pedestal M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 M-PPSC54 Pedestal Full End panel with Gusset M-PPSC60 M-PPSC60 Pedestal O-Leg Pedestal Full End panel with Gusset Pedestal 2H Lat/PS 2H Lat/PS 2H Lat/PS 188 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

189 SIN SURPASS Peninsula Modesty Panels Peninsula Column Leg Modesty panel and mounting hardware. Can be used on any shape peninsula Can be mounted in multiple locations to allow for keyboard tray or pencil drawer. 8 ½" high. 1 Peninsula Column Leg Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Peninsula Modesty Panel Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Peninsula Column Leg M-MDPM54 54" M-MDPM60 60" M-MDPM66 66" M-MDPM72 72" M-MDPC29 12" W REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 189

190 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Return Bracket Flat Bracket, modesty panel-to-end-panel bracket. Connects return worksurface and modesty panel to end panels and perpendicular worksurface (nonhanded). Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Maxon Desking Return Kit Support M-MDCRK Bridge Bracket 2 flat brackets, 2 modesty panel-to-end-panel brackets. Connects bridge worksurfaces and modesty panel to end panels and worksurfaces that are perpendicular to the bridge worksurface. Corner Leg Corner Leg Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Maxon Desking Bridge Kit Support M-MDCBK Attaches two modesty panels at rear of corner desk. SURPASS Corner Leg Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Maxon Desking Corner Leg Support M-MDCDL *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

191 SIN SURPASS Flat Brackets 1 Flat Bracket Grey finish only. Cannot be used next to an O-Leg. Gusset Bracket 1 Gusset Bracket Set (2 brackets, 1 right-handed and 1 left-handed) Description Model W Wt. Cubes List 24" Flat Bracket M-FB24 24" " Flat Bracket M-FB30 30" Gusset attach to Full End panels and C-Legs only. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Gusset Bracket M-MDPG REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 191

192 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Full Modesty Panel - Standard Panel Mount Bracket - Standard Full modesty panel and hardware Full Modesty height is 27 ½". Cannot be used next to an O-Leg. Half modesty panel and hardware Height of modesty is 14". Cannot be used next to an O-Leg. 1 Panel Mount Bracket, Right or Left Hand. Additional Corner Worksurface Bracket included. Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Full Modesty Panel Half Modesty Panel - Standard Connects a standard modesty panel to a systems panel. Choose right or left-handed; hand of bracket is the hand of the surface you're attaching to, when facing the surface. Additional bracket is sold with kit to secure the front edge of the surface to the panel. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Bracket M-MDMP24FP 24" M-MDMP30FP 30" M-MDMP36FP 36" M-MDMP42FP 42" M-MDMP48FP 48" M-MDMP54FP 54" M-MDMP60FP 60" M-MDMP66FP 66" M-MDMP72FP 72" Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Half Modesty Panel M-MDMP24HP 24" M-MDMP30HP 30" M-MDMP36HP 36" M-MDMP42HP 42" M-MDMP48HP 48" M-MDMP54HP 54" M-MDMP60HP 60" M-MDMP66HP 66" M-MDMP72HP 72" M-MDPMBLH M-MDPMBRH *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

193 SIN SURPASS Full Modesty Stand-Alone Corner Full modesty stand-alone corner support and hardware Stand-alone corner modesty panels are used only when one or both sides of a corner or corner cove worksurface are freestanding and NOT attached to another worksurface. Half Modesty Stand-Alone Corner Half modesty stand-alone corner support and hardware Height of modesty is 14". Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Full Modesty Stand Alone Corner M-MDMPC36F 36" M-MDMPC42F 42" M-MDMPC48F 48" M-MDMPC60F 60" M-MDMPC72F 72" Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Half Modesty Stand Alone Corner Panel Mount Bracket - Stand-Alone Corner M-MDMPC36H 36" M-MDMPC42H 42" M-MDMPC48H 48" M-MDMPC60H 60" M-MDMPC72H 72" Panel Mount Bracket, Right or Left Hand. Additional Corner Worksurface Bracket included. Connects a stand-alone corner modesty panel to a systems panel. Choose right or left-handed; hand of bracket is the hand of the surface you're attaching to, when facing the surface. Additional bracket is sold with kit to secure the front edge of the surface to the panel. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Panel Mount Bracket M-MDCWD29L M-MDCWD29R REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 193

194 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Hutch with Open Lower Back Open Shelf Hutch with Open Lower Back Hutch with open lower back and hardware. Overall hutch height is 34 5 /8. On 36" - 48" hutches, there is one door which includes one lock core. 60" W & 72"W hutches have 2 doors with locks keyed alike. hardware for hutch assembly, double sided tape and screws to attach to worksurface. End Panel acts as a wire manager - additional cord covers are not required. Open shelf hutch with open lower back and hardware. Overall hutch height is 36 1 /8. Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Hutch with standard flat front painted steel doors Description Model W Wt. Cubes List Open shelf hutch with open back M-MDHO1536E 36" M-MDHO1542E 42" M-MDHO1548E 48" M-MDHO1560E 60" M-MDHO1566E 66" M-MDHO1572E 72" M-MDSO36E 36" M-MDSO42E 42" M-MDSO48E 48" M-MDSO60E 60" M-MDSO66E 66" M-MDSO72E 72" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

195 SIN SURPASS Hutch Lock Each M-LC1 kit includes one core and core removal tool, two keys and instructions. Order required quantity of M-LC1 Kits and specify key number between 101 and 225 for each keyed-alike group. Example Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lock Core Kit M-LC Master Key (1) M-MK Hutch Lock shown in application. Hutch Tackboard Tackboard for hutch. Must be used with a hutch. Can be used with hutch accessory rail as well. Lock is underneath door. Description Model W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B Upcharge Tackboard for Hutch M-MDHT " M-MDHT " M-MDHT " M-MDHT " M-MDHT " M-MDHT " REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 195

196 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Desk Mounted Fabric Screen & Return Fabric Screen Fabric screen and hardware Attaches to top and side of worksurface with adhesive banding. Screens are fastened to the edge of the worksurface. Screen can be the same size or smaller that the worksurface it is being attached to. Return screens are used perpendicular to standard desk screens. Return screens are 2" short of nominal so as not to interfere with the primary desk screen. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B Upcharge Desk Mounted Fabric Screen, 12" H M-MDDS1324F 13" 24" M-MDDS1330F 13" 30" M-MDDS1336F 13" 36" M-MDDS1342F 13" 42" M-MDDS1348F 13" 48" M-MDDS1354F 13" 54" M-MDDS1360F 13" 60" Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B Upcharge Desk Mounted Fabric Screen, 20" H M-MDDS2024F 20" 24" M-MDDS2030F 20" 30" M-MDDS2036F 20" 36" M-MDDS2042F 20" 42" M-MDDS2048F 20" 48" M-MDDS2054F 20" 54" M-MDDS2060F 20" 60" Desk Mounted Return Fabric Screen M-MDRS1324F 13" 22" Desk Mounted Glass Screen Privacy screen. Attachment brackets. Can be used on Maxon Height-Adjustable Base. Above Privacy Screen attaches to top of worksurface. M-MDRS1330F 13" 28" M-MDRS2024F 20" 22" M-MDRS2030F 20" 28" Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx30W M-MDDD1230FT 12" 30" Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx36W M-MDDD1236FT 12" 36" Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx42W M-MDDD1242FT 12" 42" Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx48W M-MDDD1248FT 12" 48" Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx54W M-MDDD1254FT 12" 54" Desk Dividing Screen 12Hx60W M-MDDD1260FT 12" 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

197 SIN SURPASS Desk Mounted Return Glass Screens Privacy screen and attachment brackets. Attaches to top and side of worksurface with adhesive banding. Brackets intended to be attached between users sitting side-by-side, and will create 1 /8" separation between worksurfaces. Above Screens must attach to edge and top of surface. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Maxon Desk Divd Return Screen 12Hx20W M-MDDR1220FT 12" 20" Maxon Desk Divd Return Screen 12Hx24W M-MDDR1224FT 12" 24" Maxon Desk Divd Return Screen 12Hx30W M-MDDR1230FT 12" 30" Maxon Desk Divd Return Screen 12Hx36W M-MDDR1236FT 12" 36" Desk Dividing Full Privacy Screens Privacy screen. Attachment brackets. Can be used on Maxon Height-Adjustable Base. Screen extends 13" above & 13" below the worksurface. Attachment bracket extend 2" into the worksurface. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx36W M-MDFPS2830FT 28" 30" Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx36W M-MDFPS2836FT 28" 36" Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx42W M-MDFPS2842FT 28" 42" Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx48W M-MDFPS2848FT 28" 48" Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx54W M-MDFPS2854FT 28" 54" Desk Full Privacy Screens 28Hx60W M-MDFPS2860FT 28" 60" SUPPORT COMBINATION ABOVE-BELOW PRIVACY SCREEN SELECTION CHART TOP SIZE SUPPORT 1 SUPPORT 2 72" 66" 60" 54" 48" 42" 36" O-Leg O-Leg M-MDFPS2860FT M-MDFPS2854FT M-MDFPS2848FT M-MDFPS2842FT M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT O-Leg Pedestal M-MDFPS2854FT M-MDFPS2848FT M-MDFPS2842FT M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT O-Leg Full End panel M-MDFPS2848FT M-MDFPS2842FT M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT Full End panel Full End panel M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT Pedestal Pedestal M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT Pedestal Full End panel M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT O-Leg 2H 30" Lat/PS M-MDFPS2836FT M-MDFPS2830FT Pedestal Full End panel 2H 30" Lat/PS 2H 30" Lat/PS REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX HAT HAT M-MDFPS2860FT M-MDFPS2854FT M-MDFPS2848FT M-MDFPS2842FT M-MDFPS2836FT *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 197

198 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Accessories The Hutch Accessory Rail is 5" high and provides a continuous full-width slot for mounting personal accessory components. Fabric Screen Accessory Rails cannot be used back to back on the same screen. Diagonal trays are non-handed. Accessories will fit on either the Hutch or Fabric Screen accessory rail. Desk Mounted Accessory rail can be used with fabric screens. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Hutch Accessory Rail M-MDPAR36 5" 36" M-MDPAR42 5" 42" M-MDPAR48 5" 48" M-MDPAR54 5" 54" M-MDPAR60 5" 60" M-MDPAR66 5" 66" M-MDPAR72 5" 72" Desk Mounted Accessory Rail M-MDAR24 13" 24" M-MDAR30 13" 30" M-MDAR36 13" 36" M-MDAR42 13" 42" M-MDAR48 13" 48" Personal Shelf M-PS21 1.7" 21.6" Letter Tray M-LT 1.7" 13" Binder Bin M-SB 8.5" 5.2" Diagonal Tray - (Non-handed) (3) M-DT *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

199 SIN SURPASS Accessories Continued... Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List File Pocket M-FP 8.9" 12" Paper Clip M-CLIP2 1.9" 5" Small Paper Clip Tray M-SMTRAY 1.8" 6.8" Tool Box M-TB 5.25" 5" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 199

200 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Wire Management Trays Tray and mounting hardware Wire management trays are screwed to the underside of the worksurface. Used to manage computer cords, phone cords, etc. Available in Black paint only. Electrical Jumper Electrical Jumper 4 wires, 2 circuits, each circuit is rated at 20 Amps each Description Model W H D Wt. Cubes List Wire Management Tray M-MDWMT24 24" 4" 4" M-MDWMT36 36" 4" 4" Connects one receptacle block to another Each jumper is rated at 15 amps Description Model L Wt. Cubes List Electrical Jumper M-MDEJ6 6" M-MDEJ12 12" M-MDEJ18 18" M-MDEJ24 24" M-MDEJ30 30" M-MDEJ36 36" M-MDEJ42 42" M-MDEJ48 48" M-MDEJ54 54" M-MDEJ60 60" M-MDEJ66 66" M-MDEJ72 72" M-MDEJ78 78" M-MDEJ84 84" M-MDEJ90 90" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

201 SIN SURPASS Electrical Power Feeds Electrical power feed 4 wires, 2 circuits, 20 Amps each Feeds power to receptacle blocks Electrical Power Connectors Description Model L Wt. Cubes List Electrical Feed M-MDEPF36 36" M-MDEPF48 48" M-MDEPF60 60" Electrical power connector - 4 way "H" 4 wires, 2 circuits, 20 Amps each M-MDEPF72 72" M-MDEPF96 96" M-MDEPF " Metal Conduit M-MDMAINFEED72 72" M-MDMAINFEED " Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power Connector M-MDEC Wire to 4 Wire Connector M-MDA8TO4CON Duplex to Duplex Connector M-MDMADCON REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 201

202 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Electrical Power Receptacle and Clip Electrical power receptacle or clip A clip is required for each receptacle 4 wires, 2 circuits, 20 Amps each Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power Receptacle Circuit 1 M-MDER Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power Receptacle Circuit 2 M-MDER Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power Receptacle Clip M-MDEC Electrical Management Power Pole 2" x 2" pole (two pieces), bottom trim, connecting pins, top ceiling trim and hardware. EXCLUDED The Power Pole routes cables from floor to ceiling (123" high) Power Poles can hold up to 24 Cat 5E or Cat 6 cables (up to 18 if power and data in the same pole). A separate (empty) Power Pole for data cables is recommended. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power Pole M-MDPP *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

203 SIN SURPASS Electrical Management J-Hook M-MDJC - 1 J-Hook, 2 mounting screws M-MDJC12-12 pack J-Hooks, 2 mounting screws per hook J-Hooks are black Description Model Wt. Cubes List Electrical Accessories J-Hook M-MDJC M-MDJC M-PWRMOD - Color finishes available: Flint and White M-COMDOME2 - Color finish available: Loft M-WMCLIPSM/LG - Color finish available: Black All models have a 6 ft. cord Description Model Wt. Cubes List O-Leg Wire Clip M-WMCLIPSM (4-Pack) M-WMCLIPLG (8-Pack) Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD2UWM (Shown) 3 Receptacles 1 USB Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD3UWM Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 2 Data Accessory M-COMDOME Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB M-PWRMOD2WC Receptacles (Shown) M-PWRMOD3WC REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 203

204 SURPASS SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 204 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

205 SIN 711-1/2/11 PREPARE Prepare Maxon Prepare is our line of teaming and tasking tables. Prepare means: Height adjustable tops and bases. A variety of rectangular worksurface sizes work with select base styles. Versatility. Use Prepare as a single unit or specify tables together for conferencing needs. For conference tables, choose "X" or "T" style base. Teaming tables feature legs with casters, allowing them to move with the changes in your environment. Variety. Choose from a number of shapes and sizes to expand your worksurface areas. Harmony. Prepare works well with Maxon systems; Prefix, Emerge and Surpass. All Prepare tables offer: High pressure laminate (HPL) surfaces. Durability providing for extended performance and usage. Steel leg construction. List prices include core paint and laminate options, offered with edgeband edge only. Table Capabilities Table Tops Seating Capacity Round 30" Round " Round " Round " Round...5 Square 30" Square " Square " Square " Square...4 Half-Round 48" Half-Round " Half-Round...2 Table Tops Seating Capacity Rectangle 24" x 36" Rectangle " x 48" Rectangle " x 60" Rectangle " x 72" Rectangle " x 48" Rectangle " x 60" Rectangle " x 72" Rectangle " x 48" Rectangle " x 60" Rectangle " x 72" Rectangle " x 84" Rectangle " x 96" Rectangle " x 60" Rectangle " x 72" Rectangle " x 84" Rectangle " x 96" Rectangle...8 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 4, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 4, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 205

206 PREPARE SIN 711-1/2/11 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Clearance Dimensions Base Style: 2-Stage C-Leg Base Dimension Location: E1 W1 W2 E2 Prepare Top: (Surface dimensions are nominal. Actual widths are reduced by 2") Edge of table to outside of leg X Disc T Table Base Table Base Table Base Post Legs E1 W E2 E2 E2 E1 W E2 D Edge of Between Edge of Edge of Between Edge of Between table to Legs table to table to Legs table to Legs Approximate dimensions outside outside outside outside shown in inches of leg of leg of leg of leg 30" Round " " 36" Round " " 42" Round " " 1" 23" 1" 23" 48" Round " " 1" " 1" " 30" Square " " 36" Square " " " 27" " 27" 42" Square " " 33" " 33" 48" Square " " 39" " 39" 24" x 36" Rectangle 1" 31" " " 27" " 15" 24" x 48" Rectangle 1" 43" " " 39" " 15" 24" x 60" Rectangle 1" 55" " " 51" " 15" 24" x 72" Rectangle 1" 67" " " 63" " 15" 30" x 48" Rectangle 1" 43" " " 39" " 21" 30" x 60" Rectangle 1" 55" " " 51" " 21" 30" x 72" Rectangle 1" 67" " " 63" " 21" 36" x 48" Rectangle 1" 42" " " 39" " 27" 36" x 60" Rectangle 9" 38" " " 51" " 27" 36" x 72" Rectangle 9" 50" " " 63" " 27" 36" x 84" Rectangle 17" 46" " " 75" " 27" 36" x 96" Rectangle 17" 58" " " 87" " 27" 48" x 60" Rectangle 9" 38" " " 39" " 39" 48" x 72" Rectangle 9" 50" " " 63" " 39" 48" x 84" Rectangle 15" 50" " " 75" " 39" 48" x 96" Rectangle 17" 58" " " 87" " 39" Between legs Between legs Edge of table to the outside of leg 24" x 48" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 24" x 54" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 24" x 60" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 24" x 66" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 24" x 72" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 30" x 48" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 30" x 54" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 30" x 60" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 30" x 66" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 30" x 72" Rectangle 2 3 8" " " 60" x 36" L-Return 7 3 8" " " 60" x 48" L-Return 7 3 8" " " 72" x 36" L-Return 7 3 8" " " 72" x 48" L-Return 7 3 8" " " 206 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

207 PREPARE SIN 711-1/2/11 REFERENCE Height-Adjustable Tops and Bases Prepare adjustable-height bases are available in two styles: EMERGE PREFIX 2-Stage Electric C-Leg Base with L-Return Worksurface 2-Stage Electric C-Leg Base with Rectangular Worksurface Altitude2-Stage Height-Adjustable Tops and Bases GSA Reference Page with C-Legs 3-Stage Electric T-Leg Base with Rectangular Worksurface 2-Stage Electric C-Leg Base with Rectangular Worksurface SURPASS ALTITUDE TABLES Altitude adjustable-height bases are available in three styles: 2-Stage Electric C-Leg Base with Corner Cove Worksurface PREPARE Clearance Dimensions Clearance Dimensions Rectangle Corner E1 E1 W1 T-Leg 23 4" W2 31 8" C-Leg T Base and X Base E1 W E2 3-Stage T-Leg Base E2 E1 (Surface dimensions are nominal. Actual widths are reduced by 2") Between legs Edge of table to the outside of leg Edge of table to outside of leg 24" x 48" Rectangle* W2 E2 Between legs Between legs Edge of table to the outside of leg 24" x 54" Rectangle 2 2" " " 371 4" 127 8" 10 8" 2 8" 1 24" x 60" Rectangle 2 2" " 127 8" 47 4" " 2 8" " 127 8" 2 2" " " 2 8" 1 24" x 66" Rectangle 55 4" 127 8" 24" x 72" Rectangle 2 2" " " 2 8" " 127 8" 30" x 48" Rectangle 23 8" 371 4" 177 8" 30" x 54" Rectangle 21 2" 411 4" 135 8" 23 8" 431 4" 177 8" 30" x 60" Rectangle 21 2" 471 4" 135 8" 23 8" 491 4" 177 8" 30" x 66" Rectangle 21 2" 531 4" 135 8" 23 8" 551 4" 177 8" 30" x 72" Rectangle 21 2" 591 4" 135 8" 23 8" 611 4" 177 8" 7 8" 42 8" 26 8" W1 INDEX W Edge of table to outside of leg Altitude Top: E1 3-Stage with T-Legs 2-Stage C-Leg Base SEATING Base Style: Dimension Location: Bottom Views 2-Stage with C-Legs *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 60" x 36" Corner Cove ACCESSORIES T Base 2" C-Leg STORAGE E2 W WORKSURFACES SMARTSPACE Bottom Views 207

208 PREPARE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Height-Adjustable Specification Information Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces Height-adjustable worksurfaces are available in laminate with edgeband. Worksurfaces are pre-drilled with mounting location for bases. Any open span 60" and greater requires an external support channel. L-Returns and 66"-72"W rectangular worksurfaces include an external support channel. Rectangular worksurface grommet location is limited to center location due to mounting of worksurface supports at each end of the worksurface. C-Leg load capacity is 300 pounds for 2-leg models and 450 pounds for 3-leg models, including weight of worksurface. T-Leg load capacity is 250 pounds for 2-leg models and 400 pounds for 3-leg models, including weight of worksurface. Height-Adjustable Bases Electric height-adjustable base units are available in four styles: 3-Stage T-Leg Base with two legs, 3-Stage T-Leg Base with three legs, 2-Stage C-Leg Base with two legs, or 2-Stage C-Leg Base with three legs. T-Leg models are only available in Nickel paint. T-Leg models travel at 1.4" per second. C-Leg models travel at 1.5" per second. Motor devices have a continuous cycle time of 2 minutes with an 18 minute rest period before it can be cycled again. Control box is powered by V/60Hz/4A. Standby power is < 0.1 Watts. Power cords on C-Leg and T-Leg models are 10'. Pedestals taller than " for C-leg models and " for T-Leg models when placed under table will limit range in lowest position. Mobile box/file pedestals will clear feet on height adjustable base but will extend past edge of worksurface in that position. See chart on page 206. Moving worksurfaces can collide with other components. It is important to ensure free range of motion prior to operating the table. All tables have adjustable glides providing 1 8" adjustment on C-legs and 1 2" adjustment on T-Leg. The no crossbar design of the C-Leg exceeds knee clearance recommendations and provides optimal undersurface mounting capability. M-PPBC2S C-Leg Base: 2-Legs can accommodate configurations from 24"D x 48"W and 30"D x 72"W. Supports weight capacity of 300 lbs. M-PPBC2S3 C-Leg Base: 3-Legs can accommodate configurations from 24"D x 48"W x 48"W to 30"D x 60"W x 72"W. Supports weight capacity of 450 lbs. M-PPBT3S T-Leg Base: 2-Legs can accommodate worksurfaces between 24"D x 48"W and 36"D x 72"W. Supports weight capacity of 250 lbs. M-PPBT3S3L T-Leg Base: 3-Legs base can accommodate worksurfaces between 24"D x 48"W x 60"W and 30"D x 72"W x 72"W. Supports weight capacity of 330 lbs. Memory Controls T-Leg models come standard with control box with 4 memory set user heights. Optional control box allows for 3 memory set user heights with C-Leg model. Working with Wire Manager Covers Wire Manager Covers safely conceal wires and cords to and from the storage compartment. One Wire Manager Cover accommodates up to three power cords and eight data cables to support three PVD Wedges. Cables should be placed side by side and be neatly organized to prevent overlapping. Cable quantities listed are at 60% fill ratio. Cross Sectional View of Wire Manager Cover Showing Capacity Combine Table Surfaces and Base Finishes Table tops are available in laminate and are available with Edgeband. Cast aluminum table bases are available with painted finishes. Prepare tables exceed BIFMA Standards and are backed by the Maxon limited lifetime warranty. Die-cast and extruded aluminum components are lightweight, yet highly durable. 208 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

209 SIN PREPARE Table Tops - Rectangle Table top. Base sold separately. Surfaces over 54" must have an external stiffener added. (See page 215 for model and size). Stretcher bars are required on 48" deep surfaces. (See page 215 for details). Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Rectangle Table Top M-PP2436RE 24" 36" M-PP2448RE* 24" 48" M-PP2460RE* 24" 60" M-PP2472RE* 24" 72" M-PP3048RE* 30" 48" M-PP3060RE* 30" 60" M-PP3072RE* 30" 72" M-PP3648RE 36" 48" M-PP3660RE 36" 60" M-PP3672RE 36" 72" M-PP3684RE 36" 84" M-PP3696RE 36" 96" M-PP4860RE 48" 60" M-PP4872RE 48" 72" M-PP4884RE 48" 84" M-PP4896RE 48" 96" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Can be used with nesting base. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 209

210 PREPARE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Table Tops - Rectangle - Power/Data Port Cut Out Table top. Power/ Data Port Cut Out Base sold separately. Specify base with E suffix. Power/ Data Port sold separately (see page 219). Surfaces over 54" must have an external stiffener added. (See page 215 for model and size). Stretcher bars are required on 48" deep surfaces. (See page 215 for details). Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Rectangle Table Top, 1 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP2436RE1 24" 36" M-PP2448RE1* 24" 48" M-PP2460RE1* 24" 60" M-PP2472RE1* 24" 72" M-PP3048RE1* 30" 48" M-PP3060RE1* 30" 60" M-PP3072RE1* 30" 72" M-PP3648RE1 36" 48" M-PP3660RE1 36" 60" M-PP3672RE1 36" 72" M-PP3684RE1 36" 84" M-PP3696RE1 36" 96" M-PP4860RE1 48" 60" M-PP4872RE1 48" 72" M-PP4884RE1 48" 84" M-PP4896RE1 48" 96" Rectangle Table Top, 2 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP3072RE2 30" 72" M-PP3672RE2 36" 72" M-PP3684RE2 36" 84" M-PP3696RE2 36" 96" M-PP4872RE2 48" 72" M-PP4884RE2 48" 84" M-PP4896RE2 48" 96" *Can be used with nesting base. 210 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

211 SIN PREPARE Table Tops - Half-Round Table top. Power/ Data Port Cut Out Base sold separately. (see table below) Power/Data sold separately. (See page 219) Half-round table tops have one power/data cut out. To be specified with nesting table bases only. Edgebanded only. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Half-Round Table Top M-PPHR3248E1 32" 48" Nesting Table Bases 2 locking and 2 non-locking casters. Rectangular and half-round tops sold separately. (see table on below) To be used with rectangle and half-round tops. Dampened articulation mechanism. M-PPHR3060E1 30" 60" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Nesting Table Base M-PPFLIP24S 24" 48" M-PPFLIP30S 30" 48" M-PPFLIP24L 24" 48" M-PPFLIP30L 30" 48" Prepare Nesting Base Chart Rectangle Worksurface Half Round Worksurface Support 24"D x 72"W 24"D x 60"W 24"D x 48"W 30"D x 72"W 30"D x 60"W 30"D x 48"W 30"D x 60"W 32"D x 48"W Nesting Base M-PPFLIP24L M-PPFLIP24L M-PPFLIP24S M-PPFLIP30L M-PPFLIP30L M-PPFLIP30S M-PPFLIP24S M-PPFLIP24S REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 211

212 PREPARE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Table Tops - Round and Square Table top. Base sold separately. (See page 214) Description Model W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Round Table Top M-PP30RND 30" M-PP36RND 36" M-PP42RND 42" M-PP48RND 48" Square Table Top M-PP30SQR 30" M-PP36SQR 36" M-PP42SQR 42" M-PP48SQR 48" Table Tops - Round and Square - Power/Data Port Cut Out Table top. Base sold separately. (See page 214) Specify base with E suffix. Power/ Data Port sold separately. Must be specified. (See page 219) Description Model W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Round Table Top - 1 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP30RND1 30" M-PP36RND1 36" M-PP42RND1 42" M-PP48RND1 48" Square Table Top - 1 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP30SQR1 30" M-PP36SQR1 36" M-PP42SQR1 42" M-PP48SQR1 48" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

213 SIN PREPARE Table Tops - Oval Table Tops - Oval - Power/ Data Port Cut Out Table top. Base sold separately. (See page 214) Surfaces over 54" must have an external stiffener added. (See page 215 for model and size). Stretcher bars are required on 48" deep surfaces. (See page 215 for details). Table top. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Oval Table Top M-PP3672CO 36" 72" Base sold separately. (See page 214) Specify base with E suffix. Power/ Data Port sold separately. (See page 219) Surfaces over 54" must have an external stiffener added. (See page 215 for model and size). Stretcher bars are required on 48" deep surfaces. (See page 215 for details). Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List Oval Table Top - 1 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP3672CO1 36" 72" Oval Table Top - 2 Power/ Data Port Cut Out M-PP4284CO 42" 84" M-PP4896CO 48" 96" M-PP4284CO1 42" 84" M-PP4896CO1 48" 96" M-PP3672CO2 36" 72" M-PP4284CO2 42" 84" M-PP4896CO2 48" 96" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 213

214 PREPARE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE "X" Table Bases X Table Base For use with round and square table tops. Medium to be used with 30"D and 36"D table tops. PREPARE PREPARE MED SEATED HEIGHT CASTER MED STAND GLIDE POWER Large to be used with 42"D and 48"D table tops. **Table bases are intended for use with Maxon table tops and are approved under GSA SIN When purchased separately and used without a Maxon top, those bases marked ( * ) are considered open market. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Medium Seated Height with Casters M-PPX27FC** Medium Seated Height with Glides M-PPX27FG** Medium Seated Height with Glides, Power M-PPX27FGE** Medium Standing Height with Glides M-PPX27FGU** Medium Standing Height with Glides, Power M-PPX27FGUE** Large Seated Height with Glides M-PPX34FG** Large Seated Height with Glides, Power M-PPX34FGE** "T" Table Bases Table Base (pair). For use with oval and rectangle tops. Small to be used with 24"D table tops. Medium to be used with 30"D and 36"D table tops. Large to be used with 42"D and 48"D oval as well as 48"D rectangle table tops. Must specify stretcher bar on 48"W surfaces. Stretcher bar sold separately. (see page 215) PREPARE SMALL T-BASE / CASTER Wire Management Cover sold separately. **Table bases are intended for use with Maxon table tops and are approved under GSA SIN When purchased separately and used without a Maxon top, those bases marked ( * ) are considered open market. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Small Seated Height with Casters M-PPT20FC** Small Seated Height with Glides M-PPT20FG** Medium Seated Height with Casters M-PPT24FC** Medium Seated Height with Glides M-PPT24FG** Large Seated Height with Glides M-PPT34FG** *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

215 SIN PREPARE T Base Stretcher Bar Stretcher Bar Specify stretcher bar for all 48"D rectangle tables with large "T" bases. 48"x60" rectangle tables require a 38" stretcher bar. 48"x72" and 48"x84" rectangle tables require a 50" stretcher bar. 48"x96" rectangle tables require a 58" stretcher bar. Description Model Wt. Cubes List T Base Stretcher Bar-38" M-PPBAR T Base Stretcher Bar-50" M-PPBAR T Base Stretcher Bar-58" M-PPBAR External Table Top Support Channel Support Channel 36" channel used with 48" worksurface. 48" channel used with 60" worksurface. 60" channel used with 72" worksurface. 72" channel used with 84" or 96" worksurface. Must use required sizes with specific size tops. Not smaller or larger then stated in the above notes. Wire Manager Cover Wire Manager Cover Description Model Wt. Cubes List External Table Top Sup Chnl 36" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 48" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 60" M-PPSC External Table Top Sup Chnl 72" M-PPSC For use on "T" table bases. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Wire Manager Cover - Small & Med T-Bases M-PPT2024CVR Wire Manager Cover - Large T-Bases M-PPT34CVR REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 215

216 PREPARE SIN 711-1/2/11 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Height-Adjustable Table Tops - Rectangle Height-Adjustable Table Top Order Height-Adjustable base separately. Widths are 2" narrower to avoid a pinch point. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List H-A Rectangle Table Top M-PPHA " 46" Height-Adjustable Table Tops - L-Return Height-Adjustable Table Top Order Height-Adjustable base separately. Widths are 2" narrower to avoid a pinch point. M-PPHA " 52" M-PPHA " 58" M-PPHA " 64" M-PPHA " 70" M-PPHA " 46" M-PPHA " 52" M-PPHA " 58" M-PPHA " 64" M-PPHA " 70" Description Model D W Wt. Cubes L1 List L2 List H-A L-Return Table Top (Left Hand) M-PPHAL5835ELS 35" 58" M-PPHAL5846ELS 46" 58" M-PPHAL7035ELS 35" 70" M-PPHAL7046ELS 46" 70" H-A L-Return Table Top (Right Hand) M-PPHAL5835ERS 35" 58" M-PPHAL5846ERS 46" 58" M-PPHAL7035ERS 35" 70" M-PPHAL7046ERS 46" 70" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

217 SIN 711-1/2/11 PREPARE Height-Adjustable C-Leg Base: 2-Legs Height-Adjustable Base For use with rectangular Adjustable Height table tops. Available in black, silver or white paint only. Leg range height 27 ¾" /8" Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2-Stage C-leg Elec Pow Base 2 legs M-PPBC2S Height-Adjustable C-Leg Base: 3-Legs Height-Adjustable Bases C-Leg Height-Adjustable Base - Memory Control For use with L-Return Adjustable Height table tops. Available in black, silver or white paint only. Leg range height 27 ¾" /8" Memory Control Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2-Stage C-leg Elec Pow Base 3 legs M-PPBC2S3L memory set user heights. **Height-Adjustable Base - Memory Controls are intended for use with Maxon height-adjustable tables and are approved under GSA SIN When purchased separately and used without a Maxon height-adjustable table, the memory control marked ( * ) is considered open market. Compatible with C-Leg HAT Base only. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Memory Controls for C-leg base M-PPBCMC** REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 217

218 PREPARE SIN 711-1/2/11 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Height-Adjustable T-Leg Base: 2-Legs Height-Adjustable Base Memory Control For use with rectangular Adjustable Height table tops. 3 Stage T-Leg Available in Nickel finish. Leg range height 22 4 /5" /5" Description Model Wt. Cubes List HAT T-leg Base 2 legs M-PPBT3S Height-Adjustable T-Leg Base: 3-Legs Height-Adjustable Base Memory Control For use with L-Return Adjustable Height table tops. 3 Stage T-Leg Available in Nickel finish. Leg range height 22 4 /5" /5" EXCLUDED EXCLUDED Description Model Wt. Cubes List HAT T-leg Base 3 legs M-PPBT3S3L *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

219 M-PPQB M-PPQJ3 SIN PREPARE Ganging Bracket Ganging Bracket Recommend 1 package of 2 plastic brackets per table. Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 PACK Ganging Bracket M-PPGNB Power/ Data Port Power/Data Port includes (2) Receptacles and (2) Blank Inserts. 10' foot cord and plug For use on power/data port worksurfaces. Data jacks sold separately. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Power/Data Port Corded M-PP4P2C Interlink IQ Electrical Modules Pluggable, single circuit electrical system UL recognized as a powered table system and meets the requirements of UL 962 Interlink IQ modules require a minimum of one Interlink IQ starter A maximum of 8 Interlink IQ power modules (including jumpers) can be "daisy chained" together in any combination off of one 15-amp in-feed starter System status indicator: 1- Red light indicates too many units connected 2- Green light indicates appropriate use All models include wire management clips and hardware Power harness includes 60" cord and 11" tail. Daisy chained tables in line over 60"W require 36" jumper between modules M-PPQH5 Description Model Wt. Cubes List Interlink IQ Starter with 72" In-feed cord M-PPQB 2.0 Interlink IQ 60" Power Harness w/pop-up - 2 Receptacles/ 2 Data M-PPQH Interlink IQ 36" Jumper M-PPQJ REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 219

220 PREPARE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 220 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

221 SIN 711-2/3 STORAGE Freestanding Storage Maxon Freestanding Storage options incorporate innovative, durable designs that maximize the efficiency of your workspace. Constructed of heavy-duty steel, Maxon Freestanding Storage provides functionality, durability, and value. Our storage solutions are designed to be fully integrated with Maxon Panel, Desking and Benching systems. Pedestal, Lateral File, & Personal Storage Options Freestanding Storage models are available in two drawer front options: Recessed (R) full pulls or Arch Pull (A) (excludes Overfile and Storage Cabinet models). All pedestals and lateral files are constructed of steel. Pedestals are available in Box/Box/File and File/File configurations in 18", 20", and 24" depths, as well as stationary and mobile options. Two, three, four, and five drawer lateral files are available in 30", 36" and 42" widths. For safety purposes lateral files have an Interlock" mechanism that prevents users from opening two file drawers at the same time. Storage towers, personal storage centers, storage cabinets, Storage overfiles, and bookcases are also available. Depths Refer to EMERGE and PREFIX sections for details on Panel hung overhead storage solutions. All Freestanding Storage options meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards. Features Commercial-Grade Ball Bearing Slides Variety Customizable Interlock Drawer Mechanism Key Alike Option Benefits Cantilevered Worksurfaces Pedestal and lateral box and file drawers utilize Grade A, all-metal ball bearing suspension for sturdiness and long life. Systems pedestal files feature all-metal ball bearing suspension for box and file drawers. Floor pedestals are available in 2-box/1-file and 2-file configurations in 18", 20", and 24" depth options, as well as stationary and mobile options. File drawers and lateral files accommodate both legal (side-to-side) and letter (front-to-back) file formats. Surpass Desks and Returns 24" D 30" D 24" D 30" D 20" 23" Lateral files include interlock drawer mechanisms to prevent opening two file/file drawers at the same time for safety purposes. All Freestanding Storage models have core removable key option and can be keyed alike. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249) must be ordered separately. and installed in the field. MK master keys are also available. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 221

222 STORAGE SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Systems & Desk Pedestal Files Pencil tray included in one box drawer. When used under a surface it MUST be mounted to the worksurface. Steel ball bearing suspension on 90% extension file drawers and 3 4 extension box drawers. Not available in mobile. May be used as worksurfaces support in panel environment. Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249 must be ordered separately). Can be specified as free standing as long as you specify counterweight kit (M-ESPCW, see page 250). Tops have punch holes for mounting to a worksurface. If freestanding - it would be recommended to specify with laminate top. Shown in R-Pull Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Systems & Desk Pedestal File/File M-SYP20F-R 28" 20" 15" Systems & Desk Pedestal Box/Box/File M-SYP20B-R 28" 20" 15" Systems & Desk Pedestal File/File M-SYP20F-A 28" 20" 15" Systems & Desk Pedestal Box/Box/File M-SYP20B-A 28" 20" 15" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

223 SIN STORAGE Personal Storage Center Personal Storage Center 1" leveling glides are adjustable even when unit is full. Full extension steel ball bearing suspension file drawers, 90% extension steel ball bearing suspensions on box drawers. counterweight component to prevent tipping. Personal storage center can be used as worksurface support. Can be configured in field to be right or left handed. Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249 must be ordered separately) Drawers contain single side locking component to prevent drawers from being pried open. Shown in R-Pull option Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Personal Storage Center, R-Pull M-PSCBBF-R D 28" 18" 30" Personal Storage Center, A-Pull M-PSCBBF-A D 28" 18" 30" Storage Cabinets Storage Cabinet 2 adjustable shelves (40"H) or 1 fixed and 4 height adjustable shelves (64"H). Shelves are height-adjustable in 2" increments. Leveling glides are adjustable in 1" increments. Wire management grommet in back of unit. Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249 must be ordered separately) Shown in R-Pull (64"H version) Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Storage Cabinet, R-Pull M-SC R 40" 18" 36" M-SC R 64" 18" 36" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 223

224 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Lateral Files Lateral File Four adjustable leveling glides. Two adjustable hangrails per drawer for side to side filing. Magnetic label holders identify contents within drawers. Two-drawer laterals can be used as worksurface support. Counterweight standard on all heights. Not required on 5 high drawer models. Lateral files have an Interlock mechanism that prevents users from opening two file drawers at the same time. Top drawer on 5-drawer lateral is a rollout shelf with a receding door. Three-part, telescoping, slide suspension with 40 steel ball bearings per side. Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249 must be ordered separately) Shown in R-Pull option Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List 2-Drawer, R-Pull M-LF230-R " 18" 30" M-LF236-R " 18" 36" M-LF242-R " 18" 42" Drawer, A-Pull M-LF230-A " 18" 30" M-LF236-A " 18" 36" M-LF242-A " 18" 42" Drawer, R-Pull M-LF330-R " 18" 30" M-LF336-R " 18" 36" M-LF342-R " 18" 42" Drawer, A-Pull M-LF330-A " 18" 30" M-LF336-A " 18" 36" M-LF342-A " 18" 42" Drawer, R-Pull M-LF430-R 52 1/2" 18" 30" M-LF436-R 52 1/2" 18" 36" M-LF442-R 52 1/2" 18" 42" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

225 SIN STORAGE Lateral Files Overfile Cabinet Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List 4-Drawer, A-Pull M-LF430-A 52 1/2" 18" 30" M-LF436-A 52 1/2" 18" 36" M-LF442-A 52 1/2" 18" 42" Drawer, R-Pull M-LF530-R 64 1/4" 18" 30" M-LF536-R 64 1/4" 18" 36" M-LF542-R 64 1/4" 18" 42" Drawer, A-Pull M-LF530-A 64 1/4" 18" 30" M-LF536-A 64 1/4" 18" 36" M-LF542-A 64 1/4" 18" 42" Overfile Overfile cabinet lock. One adjustable shelf per cabinet, adjustable on 1" increments, up to 6" from center position. 4 wire dividers supplied per shelf (total of 8 per unit). Accepts two levels of 12" binders. Can be used on floor under worksurfaces (not worksurface supporting). Units fasten to new or existing lateral shelves with supplied hardware. Overfile cabinet has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC (page 249 must be ordered separately) Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Overfile Cabinet M-LFOF2730-N D 28" 18" 30" M-LFOF2736-N D 28" 18" 36" M-LFOF2742-N D 28" 18" 42" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX D Discontinued July 1, 2018 for models on this page. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 225

226 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Bookcases Bookshelf Shelf depth is 12¼". Actual height is one inch shorter than nominal height. Inside shelves adjust in ½" increments. Middle shelf on 82" high bookcase not adjustable. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Bookcase, 2-Shelf M-BS30 30" " " Bookcase, 3-Shelf M-BS42 42" " " Bookcase, 4-Shelf M-BS48 D 48" " " M-BS60 60" " " Bookcase, 5-Shelf M-BS72 72" " " Bookcase, 6-Shelf M-BS82 D 82" " " D Discontinued July 1, 2018 for models on this page. 226 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

227 SIN 711-2/3 STORAGE Include Storage Maxon Include Storage options incorporate innovative, durable designs that maximize the efficiency of your workspace. Constructed of heavy-duty steel, Maxon freestanding storage provides functionality, durability and value. Our storage solutions are designed to be fully integrated with Maxon panel and desking systems. Include Storage Options Available with Arch Pull and R Pull Metal and Laminate fronts available (Arch pull on Laminate) Plinth and foot options on all models Steel case construction Low Credenzas have box drawers on top, file drawer on bottom and are 18" deep Interlock mechanism that prevents users from opening both drawers at the same time All options meet or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards Features Commercial-Grade Ball Bearing Slides Variety Customizable Interlock Drawer Mechanism Key Alike Option Benefits Drawers utilize Grade A, all-metal ball bearing suspension for sturdiness and long life. 48", 60", and 72" wide Low Credenzas have handed units with open shelf on side and box/file drawers on the other Include Storage accommodate both legal side-to-side) and letter (front-to-back) file formats. Interlock drawer mechanisms to prevent opening two drawers at the same time for safety purposes. All Include Storage have core removable key option and can be keyed alike. For key alike option, M-LC1S must be ordered separately, and installed in the field. MK1 master keys are also available. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 227

228 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Low Credenzas: Metal Fronts Storage Unit Steel ball bearing suspension on 90% extension file drawers Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately) Counterweight Kits required for freestanding files: 30"W and 36"W Credenzas - 50lb Kit, 48"W Credenzas - 25lb Kit and 60"W and 72"W Credenzas - 35lb Kit. Metal weight attached to back of freestanding files to inhibit tipping; field installed only. Use of storage-to-panel bracket or worksurface support stanchion may eliminate need for counterweight kit. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem Low Credenza M-ICCBX223018BFMA 22" 18" 30" Box/File, A-Pull M-ICCBX223618BFMA 22" 18" 36" Left Low Credenza Right Low Credenza Open Low Credenza Box/File, R-Pull M-ICCBX223018BFMR 22" 18" 30" Box/File/Open, A-Pull Box/File/Open, R-Pull Box/File/Open A-Pull Box/File/Open R-Pull Open M-ICCBX223618BFMR 22" 18" 36" M-ICCBX224818LBFOMA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018LBFOMA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218LBFOMA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCBX224818LBFOMR 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018LBFOMR 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218LBFOMR 22" 18" 72" M-ICCBX224818RBFOMA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018RBFOMA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218RBFOMA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCBX224818RBFOMR 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018RBFOMR 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218RBFOMR 22" 18" 72" M-ICCBX223018O 22" 18" 30" M-ICCBX223618O 22" 18" 36" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

229 SIN STORAGE Include Low Credenzas: Metal Fronts with Feet Storage Unit with Feet Steel ball bearing suspension on 90% extension file drawers Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately) Counterweight Kits required for freestanding files: 30"W and 36"W Credenzas - 50lb Kit, 48"W Credenzas - 25lb Kit and 60"W and 72"W Credenzas - 35lb Kit. Metal weight attached to back of freestanding files to inhibit tipping; field installed only. Use of storage-to-panel bracket or worksurface support stanchion may eliminate need for counterweight kit. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem Low Credenza M-ICCSF223018BFMA 22" 18" 30" Box/File, A-Pull M-ICCSF223618BFMA 22" 18" 36" Left Low Credenza Right Low Credenza Open Low Credenza Box/File, R-Pull Box/File/Open, A-Pull Box/File/Open, R-Pull Box/File/Open A-Pull Box/File/Open R-Pull Open Shown in A-Pull option M-ICCSF223018BFMR 22" 18" 30" M-ICCSF223618BFMR 22" 18" 36" M-ICCSF224818LBFOMA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018LBFOMA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218LBFOMA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCSF224818LBFOMR 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018LBFOMR 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218LBFOMR 22" 18" 72" M-ICCSF224818RBFOMA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018RBFOMA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218RBFOMA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCSF224818RBFOMR 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018RBFOMR 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218RBFOMR 22" 18" 72" M-ICCSF223018O 22" 18" 30" M-ICCSF223618O 22" 18" 36" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 229

230 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Low Credenzas: Laminate Fronts Storage Unit with Laminate fronts Steel ball bearing suspension on 90% extension file drawers Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately) Counterweight Kits required for freestanding files: 30"W and 36"W Credenzas - 50lb Kit, 48"W Credenzas - 25lb Kit and 60"W and 72"W Credenzas - 35lb Kit. Metal weight attached to back of freestanding files to inhibit tipping; field installed only. Use of storage-to-panel bracket or worksurface support stanchion may eliminate need for counterweight kit. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem Low Credenza M-ICCBX223018BFLA 22" 18" 30" Box/File, A-Pull M-ICCBX223618BFLA 22" 18" 36" Left Low Credenza Right Low Credenza Box/File/Open, A-Pull Box/File/Open A-Pull Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. Shown in A-Pull option M-ICCBX224818LBFOLA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018LBFOLA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218LBFOLA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCBX224818RBFOLA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCBX226018RBFOLA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCBX227218RBFOLA 22" 18" 72" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

231 SIN STORAGE Include Low Credenzas: Laminate Fronts with Feet Storage Unit with Laminate fronts with feet Steel ball bearing suspension on 90% extension file drawers Master keys are available. For key alike option, M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately) Counterweight Kits required for freestanding files: 30"W and 36"W Credenzas - 50lb Kit, 48"W Credenzas - 25lb Kit and 60"W and 72"W Credenzas - 35lb Kit. Metal weight attached to back of freestanding files to inhibit tipping; field installed only. Use of storage-to-panel bracket or worksurface support stanchion may eliminate need for counterweight kit. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem Low Credenza M-ICCSF223018BFLA 22" 18" 30" Box/File, A-Pull M-ICCSF223618BFLA 22" 18" 36" Left Low Credenza Right Low Credenza Box/File/Open, A-Pull Box/File/Open A-Pull Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. Shown in A-Pull option M-ICCSF224818LBFOLA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018LBFOLA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218LBFOLA 22" 18" 72" M-ICCSF224818RBFOLA 22" 18" 48" M-ICCSF226018RBFOLA 22" 18" 60" M-ICCSF227218RBFOLA 22" 18" 72" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 231

232 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Box & File Drawer Accessories Each M-LC1S kit includes one core and core removal tool, two keys and instructions. Order required of M-LC1S Kits and specify key number between 101 and 225 for each set of storage products that need to be keyed alike. If a key number is not specified, random lock number will ship. Counterweight Kits: Metal weight attached to back of freestanding files to inhibit tipping; field installed only. Use of storage-to-panel bracket or worksurface support stanchion may eliminate need for counterweight kit. Counterweight Kits required for freestanding files: 36"W Credenzas - 50LB Kit, 48"W Credenzas - 25LB Kit and 60"W and 72"W Credenzas - 35LB Kit. Satin lock core to be used in ALL Include storage. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lock Core Kit (Satin finish) M-LC1S Panel Bracket LH M-ICCRPB22L Panel Bracket RH M-ICCRPB22R Credenza Hangrail (Front to Back) M-ICCAHR Credenza Counterweights Kits (48" B/F/O unit) M-ICCACW Credenza Counterweights Kits (60" B/F/O unit) M-ICCACW Credenza Counterweights Kits (30 & 36" B/F unit) M-ICCACW Grade 1 Grade 2 Credenza Upholstered Cushion (48" unit) M-ICCAUC Credenza Upholstered Cushion (60" unit) M-ICCAUC Credenza Upholstered Cushion (36" unit) M-ICCAUC *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

233 SIN STORAGE Include Box & File Drawer Accessories Description Model Wt. Cubes List Metal Box Divider (2 pack) M-CABD Metal Box Divider (10 pack) M-CABD Metal File Divider (2 pack) M-CAFD Metal File Divider (10 pack) M-CAFD REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 233

234 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Pedestal Work Top - Edgeband Laminated worksurface with adhesive strips. For directional laminates, grain direction runs along width. To be used on Ridgeline pedestals only. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Pedestal Worktop - Edgeband M-PWT2015E 20" 15" M-PWT2415E 24" 15" Work Tops Laminated worksurface with adhesive strips. Lateral top to be used on storage file and credenzas to create worksurfaces independent of a panel environment. Can span multiple storage units. 36" D tops are used to span two lateral files placed back-to-back. For directional laminates, grain direction runs along width. Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Lateral File Worktop 18" Deep Edgeband M-LFWT1830E 18" 30" M-LFWT1836E 18" 36" M-LFWT1842E 18" 42" M-LFWT1848E 18" 48" 575 M-LFWT1860E 18" 60" M-LFWT1866E 18" 66" M-LFWT1872E 18" 72" M-LFWT1878E 18" 78" M-LFWT1884E 18" 84" Lateral File Worktop 36" Deep Edgeband M-LFWT3630E 36" 30" M-LFWT3636E 36" 36" M-LFWT3642E 36" 42" M-LFWT3648E 36" 48" 862 M-LFWT3660E 36" 60" M-LFWT3666E 36" 66" M-LFWT3672E 36" 72" M-LFWT3678E 36" 78" M-LFWT3684E 36" 84" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

235 SIN STORAGE Include Personal Storage Tower Personal Storage Tower All locks per unit are keyed alike. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes coat rod. Personal storage tower has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately) Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes List B/B/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left F/F, Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right Shown in A-Pull option A-Pull M-ICTBX502424LBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX652424LBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX502424LBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX652424LBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX502424RBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX652424RBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX502424RBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX652424RBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX502424LFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX652424LFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX502424LFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX652424LFFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX502424RFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTBX652424RFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX502424RFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTBX652424RFFMR 65" 24" 24" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 235

236 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include End Tower With Bookcase End Tower with Bookcase All locks per unit are keyed alike. Tower bracket. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. End tower with bookcase has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x2), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Can also be used as worksurface support on bookcase side. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes List B/B/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right Shown in A-Pull option A-Pull M-ICTSBX502424LBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX652424LBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX502424LBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX652424LBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX502424RBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX652424RBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX502424RBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX652424RBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX502424LFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX652424LFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX502424LFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX652424LFFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX502424RFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSBX652424RFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX502424RFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSBX652424RFFMR 65" 24" 24" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

237 SIN STORAGE Include Personal Towers: Metal Fronts with Feet Personal Storage Tower with feet. All locks per unit are keyed alike. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. Personal storage tower has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right Shown in A-Pull option A-Pull M-ICTSF502424LBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF652424LBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF502424LBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF652424LBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF502424RBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF652424RBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF502424RBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF652424RBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF502424LFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF652424LFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF502424LFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF652424LFFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF502424RFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSF652424RFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF502424RFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSF652424RFFMR 65" 24" 24" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 237

238 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include End Tower with Bookcase: Metal Fronts with Feet End Tower with Bookcase with feet. All locks per unit are keyed alike. Tower bracket. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. End tower with bookcase has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Can also be used as worksurface support on bookcase side. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right Shown in A-Pull option A-Pull M-ICTSSF502424LBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF652424LBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF502424LBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF652424LBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF502424RBBFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF652424RBBFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF502424RBBFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF652424RBBFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF502424LFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF652424LFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF502424LFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF652424LFFMR 65" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF502424RFFMA 50" 24" 24" A-Pull M-ICTSSF652424RFFMA 65" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF502424RFFMR 50" 24" 24" R-Pull M-ICTSSF652424RFFMR 65" 24" 24" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

239 SIN STORAGE Include Personal Towers: Laminate Fronts Personal Storage Tower with Laminate fronts. All locks per unit are keyed alike. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. Personal storage tower has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull Shown in A-Pull option M-ICTBX502424LBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTBX652424LBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTBX502424RBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTBX652424RBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTBX502424LFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTBX652424LFFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTBX502424RFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTBX652424RFFLA 65" 24" 24" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 239

240 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include End Tower with Bookcase: Laminate Fronts End Tower with Bookcase with Laminate fronts. All locks per unit are keyed alike. Tower bracket. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. End tower with bookcase has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Can also be used as worksurface support on bookcase side. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull Shown in A-Pull option M-ICTSBX502424LBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX652424LBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX502424RBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX652424RBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX502424LFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX652424LFFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX502424RFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSBX652424RFFLA 65" 24" 24" Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. 240 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

241 SIN STORAGE Include Personal Towers: Laminate Fronts with Feet Personal Storage Tower with Laminate fronts with feet. All locks per unit are keyed alike. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. Personal storage tower has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Personal Storage Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Personal Storage Left, Wardrobe Right A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull Shown in A-Pull option M-ICTSF502424LBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSF652424LBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSF502424RBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSF652424RBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSF502424LFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSF652424LFFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSF502424RFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSF652424RFFLA 65" 24" 24" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 241

242 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include End Tower with Bookcase: Laminate Fronts with Feet End Tower with Bookcase with Laminate fronts with feet. All locks per unit are keyed alike. Tower bracket. 1 shelf included on 50" high, 2 shelves included on 65" high. Wardrobe version includes a coat rod. End tower with bookcase has core removable key set and can be keyed alike. Wardrobe cabinet and pedestal all lock independently. Master keys are available. For key alike option (x3), M-LC1S (page 232 must be ordered separately). Can also be used as worksurface support on bookcase side. Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Prem B/B/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left B/B/F, Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right F/F, Bookcase Right, Wardrobe Left F/F Bookcase Left, Wardrobe Right A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull A-Pull Shown in A-Pull option M-ICTSSF502424LBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF652424LBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF502424RBBFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF652424RBBFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF502424LFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF652424LFFLA 65" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF502424RFFLA 50" 24" 24" M-ICTSSF652424RFFLA 65" 24" 24" Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. 242 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

243 SIN 711-1/2 STORAGE Include Support Pedestals Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Cannot be used as freestanding. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes List Support Pedestal B/B/F - R-Pull M-ICPSBX281518BBFMR 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524BBFMR 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPSBX281518BBFMA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524BBFMA 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - R-Pull M-ICPSBX281518FFMR 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524FFMR 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPSBX281518FFMA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524FFMA 24" 15" 27.35" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 243

244 STORAGE SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Mobile Pedestals Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. Counterweights included with Mobile Pedestals. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes List Mobile Pedestal B/F - R-Pull M-ICPM211518BFMR 18" 15" 21.08" M-ICPM211524BFMR 24" 15" 21.08" Mobile Pedestal B/F - A-Pull M-ICPM211518BFMA 18" 15" 21.08" M-ICPM211524BFMA 24" 15" 21.08" Mobile Pedestal B/B/F - R-Pull M-ICPM271518BBFMR 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524BBFMR 24" 15" 27.16" Mobile Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPM271518BBFMA 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524BBFMA 24" 15" 27.16" Mobile Pedestal F/F - R-Pull M-ICPM271518FFMR 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524FFMR 24" 15" 27.16" Mobile Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPM271518FFMA 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524FFMA 24" 15" 27.16" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

245 SIN 711-1/2 STORAGE Include Support Pedestals: Metal Fronts with Feet Support pedestal with feet. Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. Box/Box/File and File/File Models cannot be used freestanding. Footed Box/File Models can be used as freestanding Counterweights included on Footed Box/File Models. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes Core Prem Support Pedestal B/B/F - R-Pull M-ICPSSF281518BBFMR 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524BBFMR 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPSSF281518BBFMA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524BBFMA 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - R-Pull M-ICPSSF281518FFMR 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524FFMR 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPSSF281518FFMA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524FFMA 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal B/F - R-Pull M-ICPFSF221518BFMR 18" 15" 22" M-ICPFSF221524BFMR 24" 15" 22" Support Pedestal B/F - A-Pull M-ICPFSF221518BFMA 18" 15" 22" M-ICPFSF221524BFMA 24" 15" 22" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 245

246 STORAGE SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Support Pedestals: Laminate Fronts Support pedestal Laminate fronts. Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Cannot be used freestanding. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes Core Prem Support Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPSBX281518BBFLA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524BBFLA 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPSBX281518FFLA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSBX281524FFLA 24" 15" 27.35" Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. 246 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

247 SIN 711-1/2 STORAGE Include Mobile Pedestals: Laminate Fronts Mobile pedestal Laminate fronts. Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. Counterweight included. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes Core Prem Mobile Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPM271518BBFLA 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524BBFLA 24" 15" 27.16" Mobile Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPM271518FFLA 18" 15" 27.16" M-ICPM271524FFLA 24" 15" 27.16" Mobile Pedestal B/F - A-Pull M-ICPM211518BFLA 18" 15" 21.08" M-ICPM211524BFLA 24" 15" 21.08" Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 247

248 STORAGE SIN 711-1/2 INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Include Support Pedestals: Laminate Fronts with Feet Support pedestal Laminate fronts with feet. Pencil tray in one box drawer. Box divider. Cross rails. Box/Box/File and File/File Models cannot be used freestanding. Footed Box/File Models can be used as freestanding Counterweights included on Footed Box/File Models. File drawer has high sides and back for filing front to back and side to side. M-LC1S lock cores should be specified for key alike option. Include pedestals come in 18" 24" depths. Description Model D W H Wt. Cubes Core Prem Support Pedestal B/B/F - A-Pull M-ICPSSF281518BBFLA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524BBFLA 24" 15" 27.35" Support Pedestal F/F - A-Pull M-ICPSSF281518FFLA 18" 15" 27.35" M-ICPSSF281524FFLA 24" 15" 27.35" Pedestal B/F - A-Pull M-ICPFSF221518BFLA 18" 15" 22" M-ICPFSF221524BFLA 24" 15" 22" Please see page 12 for complete laminate options available. 248 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

249 SIN STORAGE Pedestals Upholstered Cushion Description Configuration Model H D W Wt. Cubes Core Grade 2 Pedestal Upholstered Cushion M-ICCAUC Freestanding Storage Interchangeable File Lock Options Each M-LC kit includes one core and core removal tool, two keys and instructions. M-ICCAUC Order required quantity of M-LC Kits and specify key number between 101 and 225 for each set of storage products that need to be keyed alike. If a key number is not specified, random lock numbers will ship. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lock Core Kit M-LC Master Key (1) M-MK REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 249

250 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Freestanding Storage Interchangeable File Accessories Description Model Wt. Cubes List Mobile to Stationary Ped Glide Kit (Universal System Pedestals Only) Stationary to Mobile Ped Caster Kit (Universal System Pedestals Only) Universal Systems Pedestal Counter Weight Kit M-MTSKIT M-STMKIT M-ESPCW *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

251 SIN STORAGE Pedestal & Lateral File Accessories Description Model Wt. Cubes List Box Drawer Divider M-BDD File Drawer Compressor (4 Pack) M-FCP File Drawer Side to Side Filing Bars (4 Pack) M-FCV Partition Storage Tray (Black) M-UT *Pedestal to-panel side spacers (**for 24" only) M-PEDSPR0-LH** M-PEDSPR0-RH** M-PEDSPR4-LH M-PEDSPR4-RH *Lateral-to-Panel side spacers M-LATSPR6-LH M-LATSPR6-RH REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 251

252 STORAGE SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Pedestal & Lateral File Accessories Description Model Wt. Cubes List Lateral File Single Hanging File Rack (4 Pack) M-LSR Lateral File Double Hanging File Rack (2 Pack) M-LDR Lateral File Drawer Dividers (3 Pack) (7½" H x 15" W) Filing capacity of Ridgeline Lateral Files M-LD Lateral File Width 30"W 36"W 42"W Front-to-back filing - outside tabs of folders rest on drawer sides Letter size (8 1 2 x 11") A4 (8 1 4 x ") Legal size (8 1 2 x 14") Side-to-side filing Letter, A4 and Legal *Refer to Lateral Files for different size options. 252 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

253 SIN ACCESSORIES Accessories Accessories provide the final touch when specifying new or reconfiguring existing office furniture. Maxon commercial-quality accessories are built to enhance individual workstation efficiency by adding comfort and flexibility, allowing individuals to place their equipment where it best meets their particular ergonomic needs. Our products support years of use and are backed by our limited lifetime warranty. Ergonomic Guidelines Forearms should be parallel to the floor (approximately 90º angle at elbow). Upper arm and elbow should be as close to the body and as relaxed as possible. Wrists should be as flat as possible (not bent up or down) and straight. Mouse should be placed adjacent to keyboard and at the same height. Monitor should be positioned directly in front of the user and at a comfortable viewing distance (approximately 18-30" away, top of monitor 2-3" above eye level). Feet should be fully supported by a footrest or the floor. REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to www. MaxonEdge.com to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 253

254 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Single Flat Screen Monitor Arm with Effortless Adjustment Monitor Arm. Desk and Grommet mount hardware. 13" height range and features lift-and-pivot technology so it can be effortlessly positioned without handles or tools. The 22 ½" arm not only extends reach, but easily folds back when not in use. The monitor tilts +25 /-90 forward and back, and rotates 90 landscape to portrait. An enclosed cable management system routes cables neatly under the arm. Weight capacity is lbs. Quick release. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Single Flat Screen Monitor Arm with Effortless Adjustment M-ACC-FMED Dual Flat Screen Monitor Arm with Effortless Adjustment Monitor Arm. Desk and Grommet mount hardware. Supports 2 monitors and has a 13" height range that features lift-and-pivot technology, allowing the user to effortlessly position the height of the monitors without handles or tools. The 22 ½" arms not only extend reach, but also fold back when not in use. The monitors tilt +25 /-90 forward and back, and rotate 90 landscape to portrait. An internal cable management system routes cables neatly under the arms. Accommodates monitors at a maximum of 28"W. Weight capacity is lbs. per arm. Quick release. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Dual Flat Screen Monitor Arm with Effortless Adjustment M-ACC-FMED Single Flat Screen Heavy Duty Monitor Arm Monitor Arm. Desk and Grommet mount hardware. 14" height range (14" total) Monitor Extension: 22.4". The monitor tilts +35 /-85. Monitor rotates 180 An enclosed cable management system routes cables neatly under the arm. Weight capacity is lbs. Quick release. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Single Heavy Duty Flat Screen Monitor Arm M-ACC-FMHD *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

255 SIN ACCESSORIES Sit to Stand Articulating Arm and Platform Lift and Lock Articulating Arm and Platform Twist Lock Articulating Arm and Platform Sit to Stand Articulating Arm and Platform. Detachable leatherette wrist support Sit to Stand Articulating Arm and Platform. Keyboard, mouse antislip pads & gel palm rests. Features a 23" glide track, 12.7" lift-and-lock height adjustment (5.1" above and 7.6" below), release handle for +10 /-20 tilt adjustment, and 360 rotation. The 19" platform has right or left swing-below mousing platform. Will not fit the 24"D SURPASS worksurface. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Sit-to-Stand Articulating Arm & Platform M-ACC-SSKT 1½" 11½" 26½" Sit to Stand Articulating Arm and Platform. Detachable leatherette wrist support Features a 21" glide track, 7" lift-and-lock height adjustment (2½" above and 4½" below), release handle for +/- 15 tilt adjustment, and 360 rotation. The platform allows for easy repositioning of the mouse from left to right side of the platform without the use of tools. Features independent tilt-and-swivel mousing platform that can be used in line, mouse over, or mouse forward. The overall length fully opened is 28". Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Lift-and-Lock Articulating Arm & Platform M-ACC-LLCP 1½" 11½" 28" Features a 17¾" glide track, soft touch knob for simultaneous height and tilt adjustment, spring assisted 6 1 4" height adjustment (1 1 4" above and 5" below track), +10 /-15 tilt adjustment, and 360 rotation. The platform accommodates both keyboard and mouse on the same level for both left and right-handed mousing. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Twist-Lock Articulating Arm & Platform M-ACC-TLBP 1½" 10½" 25" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 255

256 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Center Drawer M-CD1 Low Profile Drawer interior dimensions: " wide, " deep, 1 1 2" high. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Pre-Formed Low Profile Drawer (Black Plastic) M-CD " " 22" Footrest ACC-FR3 increases comfort and decreases fatigue by redistributing body weight for healthier positioning of the spine and legs. The foot platform rests on a frame 3" from the floor. Platform slides back and forth on the frame to allow ankle flexion and extension. *Excluded=Not TAA compliant. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Adjustable Footrest M-ACC-FR3 D 8½" 15" 20" Worksurface Mounted CPU Holder *EXCLUDED Vertically mounts to underside of worksurface. 13.4" Glide track with a 360 swivel. Adjustable width from 3.25" to 6" and adjustable height from 16" to 22". Load capacity: 55 lbs. No tools are required to make adjustments. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Worksurface Mounted CPU Holder M-ACC-UWCPU 16-22" 12" " *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

257 SIN ACCESSORIES Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb, 6 foot cord, 4 cord clips, mounting bars. Light available in Black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Cord cover is metal construction. 6 ft. cord. Description Wattage Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Task Light 24W or greater 15 M-USL24 2" 7" 18" Task Light 30W or greater 20 M-USL30 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater 30 M-USL42 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater 40 M-USL54 2" 7" 48.25" Task Light 24W or greater-fuse Plug 15 M-USL24FP 2" 7" 18.25" Task Light 30W or greater-fuse Plug 20 M-USL30FP 2" 7" 24.25" Task Light 42W or greater-fuse Plug 30 M-USL42FP 2" 7" 36.25" Task Light 54W or greater-fuse Plug 40 M-USL54FP 2" 7" 48.25" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM10 10" 2" 2" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM15 15" 2" 2" Cord Cover (Manager) M-CCM20 20" 2" 2" Universal Overhead Task Lighting Fluorescent light bulb, 9 foot cord, 4 cord clips, mounting bars. Light available in black finish only. Mount under Overhead Storage Cabinet or Shelf. For Chicago version with Fuse Plug, order FP option. Excluded from GSA EXCLUDED Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Overhead Task Light 24W M-USLO24 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W M-USLO30 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W M-USLO42 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W M-USLO60 1.1" 3.7" 60" Universal Overhead Task Light 24W - Fuse Plug M-USLO24FP 1.1" 3.7" 24" Universal Overhead Task Light 30W - Fuse Plug M-USLO30FP 1.1" 3.7" 30" Universal Overhead Task Light 42W - Fuse Plug M-USLO42FP 1.1" 3.7" 42" Universal Overhead Task Light 60W - Fuse Plug M-USLO60FP 1.1" 3.7" 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 257

258 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE LED Undercabinet Task Lights LED light, magnets or adhesive pads for mounting M-USLEDxxAS and M-USLEDxxA models ship with power supply M-USLEDxxAUO models ship with 9" daisy chain jumper M-USLEDxxAS is single only (not daisy chainable) Available in white finish only Mount under overhead metal and wood storage cabinets or shelves Use 17" light on units 30" or smaller and 31" light on sizes 36" or larger To daisy chain order M-USLEDxxAUO models. Maximum daisy chain length of 4 units including starter Description Model Wt. Cubes List 17" LED Light w/power Supply (single) M-USLED17AS " LED Light w/power Supply (single) M-USLED31AS " LED Light w/power Supply for Daisy Chain (starter) M-USLED17A " LED Light w/power Supply for Daisy Chain (starter) M-USLED31A " LED Light w/8" & 30" Jumper Cord for Daisy Chain (follower) M-USLED17AUO " LED Light w/8" & 30" Jumper Cord for Daisy Chain (follower) M-USLED31AUO Undercabinet Occupancy Sensor w/1" End to End Connector M-USLEDOSA Shelf Organizer Shelf Organizer Fits universal overheads and open shelves only. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Shelf Organizer M-PSO Corner Sleeve for Worksurfaces Corner sleeve, hardware and instructions Description Model D W Wt. Cubes List Corner Sleeve M-CRNSLV 17.5" 22.5" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

259 SIN ACCESSORIES Small Desktop Lamp LED light 7' power cord Lamp comes in a Silver Finish. Small profile. Base sits on worksurface. Lightweight Energy efficient 3W LED lamp 11.8" reach *Excluded - Not TAA compliant Articulating LED Desktop Lamp LED light Light comes with a 9' 4" power cord. Lamp comes in a Silver Finish. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Small Desktop Lamp M-ACC-DTLAMPSM D Full-range dimming from 10% to 100%. Designed for 50,000 hours of life. Occupancy sensor is built into the head of the lamp and will automatically shut the lamp off after 6 minutes of undetected movement. Base swivel is 180 degrees. Uses only 5 watts of energy. *EXCLUDED Description Model Wt. Cubes List Articulating LED Desk Lamp M-ACC-LED Articulating LED Desk Lamp w/ Occ Sensor M-ACC-LED1OC LED Desktop Lamp LED light Light comes with a 9' 4" power cord. Lamp comes in a Silver Finish. Full-range dimming from 10% to 100%. Designed for 50,000 hours of life. Lamp is 15.83" tall. Desk lamp does not articulate at base. The pivoting head provides custom positioning, as it can be twisted 360 degrees. Uses only 5 watts of energy. Description Model Wt. Cubes List LED Task Desk Lamp M-ACC-LED REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX D Discontinued July 1, 2018 for models on this page. *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 259

260 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Electrical Accessories M-PWRMOD - Color finishes available: Flint and White M-COMDOME2 - Color finish available: Loft M-WMCLIPSM/LG - Color finish available: Black All models have a 6 ft. cord Description Model Wt. Cubes List O-Leg Wire Clip M-WMCLIPSM (4-Pack) M-WMCLIPLG (8-Pack) Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 Under USB Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD2UWM (Shown) 3 Receptacles Under Worksurface Mt M-PWRMOD3UWM Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 2 Data Accessory M-COMDOME Description Model Wt. Cubes List 2 Receptacles 1 USB M-PWRMOD2WC Receptacles (Shown) M-PWRMOD3WC *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

261 SIN ACCESSORIES Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories The Universal Panel Accessory rail is 5" high and provides a continuous full-width slot for mounting personal accessory components. The rails are designed for use on panels only. Accessories can be used only on the Universal Accessory Rail. Diagonal trays are non-handed. Description Model H D W Wt. Cubes List Universal Accessory Rail M-ACCRAIL24 5".5" 24" M-ACCRAIL30 5".5" 30" M-ACCRAIL36 5".5" 36" M-ACCRAIL42 5".5" 42" M-ACCRAIL48 5".5" 48" M-ACCRAIL60 5".5" 60" Personal Shelf (21") M-PS " 7" 21" Letter Tray M-LT 1.7" 9" 13" Binder Bin M-SB 8.5" 5.2" Diagonal Tray - (Non-handed) (3) M-DT 8.5" 9.5" 4.5" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 261

262 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Accessory Panel Rail and Accessories Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List File Pocket M-FP 8.9" 12" Paper Clip M-CLIP2 1.9" 5" Small Paper Clip Tray M-SMTRAY 1.8" 6.8" Tool Box M-TB " Panel Accessories Black paint only Description Model Wt. Cubes List Coat Hook M-PMC Universal Under Worksurface Hook Black paint only Ships in quantities of 2. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Universal Hook M-GSAUHK *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

263 SIN ACCESSORIES Universal Panel Mounted Whiteboard Panel mounted whiteboard and Marker tray. Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. This surface is a dry erase application. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes List Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 13H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 24W M-PMWB " 24" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 30W M-PMWB " 30" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 36W M-PMWB " 36" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 42W M-PMWB " 42" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 48W M-PMWB " 48" Panel Mounted Whiteboard 26H x 60W M-PMWB " 60" REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 263

264 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Universal Fabric Tackboard - Wall & Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard Panel Mount can be moved from space to space as needed. Description Model H W Wt. Cubes Grade A List Grade B List Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-PMTB " 24" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-PMTB " 30" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-PMTB " 36" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-PMTB " 42" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-PMTB " 48" Panel Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-PMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 13Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx24W M-WMTB " 24" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx30W M-WMTB " 30" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx36W M-WMTB " 36" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx42W M-WMTB " 42" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx48W M-WMTB " 48" Wall Mounted Fabric Tackboard 26Hx60W M-WMTB " 60" *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

265 SIN ACCESSORIES Touch-Up Paints Touch-Up Spray and Touch-up Pen are not available on air freight. White paint finish available on matching storage only. Touch-Up Paints are excluded from GSA contract. EXCLUDED Description Model Color Wt. Cubes List Touch-Up Spray (4.5oz Can) M-ACC-TUSMPBL Black M-ACC-TUSMPT3 Muslin M-ACC-TUSMP02 Flint M-ACC-TUSMP7B Loft M-ACC-TUSMPT5 Greige M-ACC-TUSMP7D Brownstone M-ACC-TUSMPPL Platinum M-ACC-TUSMPWT White M-ACC-TUSMPR3 Gunmetal M-ACC-TUSMPR5 Champagne Touch-Up Pen M-ACC-TUPMPBL Black M-ACC-TUPMPT3 Muslin M-ACC-TUPMP02 Flint M-ACC-TUPMP7B Loft M-ACC-TUPMPT5 Greige M-ACC-TUPMP7D Brownstone M-ACC-TUPMPR3 Gunmetal M-ACC-TUPMPR5 Champagne Touch-Up Bottle M-ACC-TUBMPPL Platinum Large Fabric Swatches Touch-Up Spray and Touch-up Pen are not available on air freight. White paint finish available on matching storage only. Touch-Up Paints are excluded from GSA contract. All fabrics are available for large samples. Specify fabric color as a dot option. M-ACC-TUBMPWT White M-ACC-TUBMPT3 Muslin M-ACC-TUBMP02 Flint M-ACC-TUBMP7B Loft M-ACC-TUBMPT5 Greige M-ACC-TUBMP7D Brownstone M-ACC-TUBMPR3 Gunmetal M-ACC-TUBMPR5 Champagne Description Model H W List FABRIC Swatch M-SYSFS REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning. 265

266 ACCESSORIES SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE 266 *Fabrics, Laminates, Paints and upcharges associated with each are now outlined in the front of the pricebook. A guide on "How to Specify" product has also been added to the beginning.

267 Seating Seating Features All task chairs feature a swivel and adjustable height with other features available on all models. All seating products with tilt features have adjustable tension control. Mesh back allows for air circulation to keep the user cool and comfortable for hours. Adjustable lumbar and synchro-tilt motion of the seat and back provide ergonomic comfort. Northport Seating is not included on GSA Contract. Feature P A. Fixed Arm Height F. Adjustable Lumbar Support K. Tilt Tension B. Adjustable Height Arms G. Synchro-Tilt Feature L L. Tilt Lock Comfort Controls C. Adjustable Height and Width Arms H. Tilt M. Back Height D. Pivot Arm Feature A I. Pneumatic Seat Height Adjustment N. Back Angle Adjust E. 360º Swivel J. Seat Glide REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX Prices effective January 1, Information in this pricebook is accurate as of January 1, The pricebook is updated monthly. Go to to find the most current pricing information in the electronic pricebook. Information is updated monthly in CAD and GIZA. Maxon recommends updating Technologies software every month. 267

268 Seating SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Adept Seating M-SEMU501 Standard Control Upholstered and mesh back options. Hard and soft casters available. Weight capacity: 300 lbs. CAL 133 fire code add FC at the end of the base model (example: M-SEMU501FC) add $250. Contourett is not available for fire code. Dimensions Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 27.5" 26" 43.5" 17.5" - 22" 25.5" - 33" Adjustable Arm Description Grade 1 Grade 2 2D (A) Height and Width D (V) Fixed Arm (F) Polished Arm (P) Armless (N) All Adjustments Base Model Arm Caster Back Textile Base N F A V P Armless Fixed Back Height and Width All- Adjustable Fixed Polished H S Hard Soft U M Upholstered Mesh See pages 10 & 11 Back Height Pneumatic Seat Height Adjustment Tilt Tilt Lock Tilt Tension SB PA List List Specify selections, left to right *Polished Base add $200 Standard Polished 268 M-SEMU501 A. H. M.. SB

269 SIN Seating Adept Seating M-SEMU502 Synchro-Tilt Upholstered and mesh back options. Hard and soft casters available. Weight capacity: 300 lbs. CAL 133 fire code add FC at the end of the base model (example: M-SEMU501FC) add $250. Contourett is not available for fire code. Dimensions Adjustable Arm Description Grade 1 Grade 2 2D (A) M-SEMU502-A Height and Width D (V) Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 27.5" 26" 43.5" 17.5" - 22" 25.5" - 33" Fixed Arm (F) Polished Arm (P) Armless (N) All Adjustments Base Model Arm Caster Back Textile Base N F A V P Armless Fixed Back Height and Width All- Adjustable Fixed Polished H S Hard Soft U M Upholstered Mesh See pages 10 & 11 Back Height Pneumatic Seat Height Adjustment Seat Glide Synchro-Tilt Tilt Lock Tilt Tension SB PA List List Specify selections, left to right *Polished Base add $200 Standard Polished REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX M-SEMU502 A. H. M.. SB 269

270 Seating SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Adept Seating M-SEMU503 Synchro-Tilt with Back Angle Adjust Upholstered and mesh back options. Hard and soft casters available. Weight capacity: 300 lbs. CAL 133 fire code add FC at the end of the base model (example: M-SEMU501FC) add $250. Contourett is not available for fire code. Dimensions Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 27.5" 26" 43.5" 17.5" - 22" 25.5" - 33" Adjustable Arm Description Grade 1 Grade 2 2D (A) Height and Width D (V) Fixed Arm (F) Polished Arm (P) Armless (N) All Adjustments Base Model Arm Caster Back Textile Base N F A V P Armless Fixed Back Height and Width All- Adjustable Fixed Polished H S Hard Soft U M Upholstered Mesh See pages 10 & 11 Back Height Back Angle Adjust Pneumatic Seat Height Adjustment Seat Glide Synchro-Tilt Tilt Lock Tilt Tension SB PA List List Specify selections, left to right *Polished Base add $200 Standard Polished 270 M-SEMU503 A. H. M.. SB

271 SIN Seating Adept Seating M-SEMU504 Guest Upholstered back only. Guest chair available with all surface casters or non-marring glides. Frame finishes available in Textured Black or Textured Platinum. Maximum 4 high stackable (Armless). CAL 133 fire code add FC at the end of the base model (example: M-SEMU504FC) add $125. Contourett is not available for fire code. Weight capacity 300 lbs. Dimensions Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 25" 21.75" 33.5" 18.5" 7.5" Fixed Arm (F) Description Grade 1 Grade 2 Armless (N) Guest Chair Guest Chair Adept Ganging Bracket 24 Ganging Brackets Can only be used with armless M-SEMU504 (guest chair). No limit on the ganging run of guest chairs. Description Model Wt. Cubes List Guest Chair Ganging Bracket M-SEMUGB Specify selections, left to right Base Model Arm Caster Back Textile Base N F Armless Fixed A E All Surface Glide U Upholstered See pages 10 & 11 BLCK PR8 List List Textured Black Textured Silver REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX M-SEMU504 F. A. U.. BLCK 271

272 Seating SIN INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Adept Seating M-SEMU505 Café Upholstered back only. Café stool only available with non-marring glides. Frame finishes available in Textured Black or Textured Platinum. CAL 133 fire code add FC at the end of the base model (example: M-SEMU505FC) add $125. Contourett is not available for fire code. Weight capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 25" 23" 46.5" 31" 7.5" Fixed Arm (F) Description Grade 1 Grade 2 Dimensions Café Width Depth Height Seat Height Arm Height Cubes Weight 21.25" 23" 46.5" 31" 7.5" Armless (N) M-SEMU505-N Café Specify selections, left to right Base Model Arm Caster Back Textile Base N F Armless Fixed E Glide U Upholstered See pages 10 & 11 BLCK PR8 List List Textured Black Textured Silver 272 M-SEMU505 F. E. U.. BLCK

273 Seating Northport Seating Series All models are only available in black upholstery. All models have a mesh back, except the M-SENP103. Weight capacity: 250 lbs. Model Description D W H Cubes List M-SENP101 Fixed Arms Tilt Tension Tilt Lock 27.4" 9.8" 24" EXCLUDED M-SENP105 EXCLUDED M-SENP201 EXCLUDED M-SENP252 EXCLUDED M-SENP452 EXCLUDED A D F H J K Fixed Arms Task Stool A D H Adjustable Lumbar High Mesh Back Height Adjustable Arms Tilt Tension Tilt Lock B D E F H J K Adjustable Lumbar High Mesh Back Height and Width Adjustable Arms Tilt Tension Tilt Lock Seat Glide Synchro-Tilt C D E G H I J K Adjustable Lumbar High Mesh Back Height and Width Adjustable Arms Tilt Tension Tilt Lock Seat Glide Synchro-Tilt Adjustable Leather Seat C D E G H I J K 11.42" 27.17" 25.59" " 11" 23.75" " 13" 26" " 13" 26" 1218 REFERENCE EMERGE PREFIX SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES STORAGE SURPASS PREPARE ACCESSORIES SEATING INDEX

274 Seating INDEX SEATING ACCESSORIES STORAGE PREPARE SURPASS SMARTSPACE WORKSURFACES PREFIX EMERGE REFERENCE Northport Seating Series All chairs have a mesh back except the M-SENP103. M-SENP108 can stack up to 4 high. M-SENP108 only available with glides. Weight capacity: 250 lbs. Model Description D W H Cubes List M-SENP103 Nesting Seat 23.75" 23.75" 33.5" Fixed Arms EXCLUDED M-SENP108 EXCLUDED A Fixed Arms A 23.1" 9.1" 26.77"